HARNISCHFEGER INDUSTRIES INC
10-Q, 1999-06-14
MINING MACHINERY & EQUIP (NO OIL & GAS FIELD MACH & EQUIP)
Previous: RENTRAK CORP, 8-K, 1999-06-14
Next: COMVERSE TECHNOLOGY INC/NY/, 10-Q, 1999-06-14





                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-Q
                                   (MARK ONE)

               QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
     _X_            OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                 FOR THE QUARTERLY PERIOD ENDED April 30, 1999

                                       OR

                TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
     ___            OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                      FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM TO ___


                          COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 1-9299

                         HARNISCHFEGER INDUSTRIES, INC.
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)


                               Delaware 39-1566457
                   (State of Incorporation) (I.R.S. Employer
                               Identification No.)

            3600 South Lake Drive, St. Francis, Wisconsin 53235-3716
              (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

                                 (414)486-6400
              (Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months,  and (2) has been subject to such filing  requirements
for the past 90 days.

                                    Yes X No


Indicate the number of shares  outstanding  of each of the  issuer's  classes of
common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

Class                                              Outstanding at June 14, 1999
Common Stock, $1 par value                               47,949,089  shares




                         HARNISCHFEGER INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                    FORM 10-Q
                                  April 30, 1999

                                      INDEX


PART I.


Financial Information:

Consolidated Statement of Income -
Three and Six Months Ended
April 30, 1999 and 1998

Consolidated Balance Sheet -
April 30, 1999 and October 31, 1998

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows -
Six Months Ended April 30, 1999 and 1998

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Equity -
Six Months Ended April 30, 1999 and 1998

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Results of Operations and Financial Condition


PART II.

Other Information

Signatures


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                         HARNISCHFEGER INDUSTRIES, INC.
                   (Debtor-in-Possession as of June 7, 1999)
                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
             (Dollar amounts in thousandsexcept per share amounts)
                                  (Unaudited)

                                                     Three Months Ended                Six Months Ended
                                                          April 30,                         April 30,
                                              ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  1999             1998             1999              1998
                                              ------------------------------    --------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>
Revenues
       Net Sales                                $    488,124       $ 477,839        $ 944,374       $ 1,035,683
       Other Income                                    1,293             750            9,955            10,760
                                              --------------   -------------    -------------     --------------
                                                     489,417         478,589          954,329         1,046,443
Cost of Sales, including anticipated
        losses on contracts                          484,196         434,854          857,419           939,454
Product Development, Selling
        and Administrative Expenses                  101,171         115,173          203,406           213,010
Restructuring Charge                                       -          65,000                -            65,000
                                              --------------   -------------    -------------     --------------
Operating (Loss)                                     (95,950)       (136,438)        (106,496)         (171,021)

Interest Expense - Net                               (21,984)        (19,802)         (44,902)          (38,097)
                                              --------------   -------------    -------------     --------------
(Loss) before Benefit for Income
       Taxes and Minority Interest                  (117,934)       (156,240)        (151,398)         (209,118)

Benefit for Income Taxes                              40,125          63,717           51,500            81,700

Minority Interest                                      3,551          19,697            9,241            29,621
                                              --------------   -------------    -------------     --------------

Net (Loss) From Continuing Operations                (74,258)        (72,826)         (90,657)          (97,797)

Income from Discontinued Operation,
  net of applicable income taxes                          -              972                -             4,376
Gain on Sale of Discontinued Operation,
  net of applicable income taxes                          -          151,500                -           151,500
                                              --------------   -------------      -------------     --------------

Net Income (Loss)                               $   (74,258)       $  79,646        $ (90,657)         $ 58,079
                                              ==============   =============      =============     ==============

Basic Earnings Per Share
(Loss) from continuing operations                  $ (1.60)         $ (1.57)         $ (1.96)           $ (2.10)
Income from and net gain on sale of
    discontinued operation                               -             3.28                -               3.35
                                              --------------   -------------      -------------     --------------
Net Income (Loss)                                  $ (1.60)          $ 1.71          $ (1.96)            $ 1.25
                                              ==============   =============      =============     ==============

Diluted Earnings Per Share
(Loss) from continuing operations                  $ (1.60)         $ (1.57)         $ (1.96)           $ (2.10)
Income from and net gain on sale of
    discontinued operation                               -             3.28                -               3.35
                                              --------------   -------------      -------------     --------------
Net Income (Loss)                                  $ (1.60)          $ 1.71          $ (1.96)            $ 1.25
                                              ==============   =============      =============     ==============

                See accompanying notes to financial statements

</TABLE>



                         HARNISCHFEGER INDUSTRIES, INC.
                    (Debtor-in-Possession as of June 7, 1999)
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                          (Dollar amounts in thousands)


                                          April 30,        October 31,
                                             1999             1998
                                        ---------------  ----------------
                                         (Unaudited)
Assets

Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents                $   36,716       $    30,012
  Accounts receivable-net                     684,932           692,326
  Inventories                                 611,434           610,478
  Other current assets                         75,178            56,142
  Prepaid income taxes                        124,285            74,186
                                        ---------------  ----------------
                                            1,532,545         1,463,144

Property, Plant and Equipment:
  Land and improvements                        60,071            61,454
  Buildings                                   261,689           289,789
  Machinery and equipment                     779,287           809,969
                                               -------           -------
                                            1,101,047         1,161,212
  Accumulated depreciation                   (518,905)         (529,884)
                                        ---------------  ----------------
                                              582,142           631,328

Investments and Other Assets:
  Goodwill                                    464,430           480,625
  Intangible assets                            71,456            31,343
  Other assets                                225,056           180,819
                                        ---------------  ----------------
                                              760,942           692,787
                                        ===============  ================
                                          $ 2,875,629        $2,787,259
                                        ===============  ================



                   See accompanying notes to financial statements.



                         HARNISCHFEGER INDUSTRIES, INC.
                   (Debtor-in-Possession as of June 7, 1999)
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                          (Dollar amounts in thousands)


                                                   April 30,       October 31,
                                                      1999             1998
                                                 ---------------  --------------
                                                  (Unaudited)

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

Current Liabilities:
  Short-term notes payable, including current
    portion of long-term obligations                $  203,928       $  156,383
  Trade accounts payable                               318,377          333,624
  Employee compensation and benefits                    72,917           73,334
  Advance payments and progress billings               106,999          115,320
  Accrued warranties                                    48,980           58,053
  Other current liabilities                            328,148          289,566
                                                 ---------------  --------------
                                                     1,079,349        1,026,280

Long-term Obligations                                1,080,679          962,797

Other Liabilities:
  Liability for postretirement benefits                 29,369           34,187
  Accrued pension costs                                 77,028           40,812
  Other liabilities                                      9,634           12,495
                                                 ---------------  --------------
                                                       116,031           87,494

Minority Interest                                       35,322           43,838

Shareholders' Equity:
  Common stock (51,668,939 and
     51,668,939 shares issued, respectively)            51,669           51,669
  Capital in excess of par value                       577,414          586,509
  Retained earnings                                    120,673          216,065
  Accumulated comprehensive (loss)                     (73,539)         (60,289)
  Less:
      Stock Employee Compensation
         Trust (1,433,147 and 1,433,147
         shares, respectively) at market               (13,973)         (13,525)
      Treasury stock (3,865,101 and
         4,465,101 shares, respectively)
         at cost                                       (97,996)        (113,579)
                                                 ---------------  --------------
                                                       564,248          666,850
                                                 ---------------  --------------
                                                    $2,875,629       $2,787,259
                                                 ===============  ==============

       See accompanying notes to financial statements.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                         HARNISCHFEGER INDUSTRIES, INC.
                   (Debtor-in-Possession as of June 7, 1999)
                           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                          (Dollar amounts in thousands)
                                                                              Six Months Ended
                                                                                  April 30,
<S>                                                                       <C>          <C>
Operating Activities                                                          1999         1998
Net income (loss)                                                         $ (90,657)     $ 58,079
Add (deduct) - Items not affecting cash:
     Valuation Reserve on APP 811 and 812                                    87,000            -
     Income from and gain on sale of discontinued operation                      -       (155,876)
     Restructuring charge                                                        -         65,000
     Minority interest, net of dividends paid                                (9,241)      (29,621)
     Depreciation and amortization                                           41,295        41,836
     Prepaid/deferred income taxes -net                                     (49,445)      (92,858)
     Other - net                                                             (5,859)       (6,772)
Changes in working capital, exclusive of acquisitions and divestitures
     Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable - net                         1,465       (41,107)
     (Increase) in inventories                                               (4,407)      (72,445)
     (Increase) in other current assets                                     (20,152)      (14,427)
     (Decrease) in trade accounts payable                                   (11,173)      (56,994)
     Increase (decrease) in employee compensation and benefits                3,656       (17,292)
     (Decrease) increase in advance payments and progress
       billings                                                              (5,585)       31,943
     (Decrease)Increase in other current liabilities                        (33,277)       16,534
                                                                        -----------  ------------
       Net cash (used by) operating activities                              (96,380)     (274,000)
                                                                        -----------  ------------

Investment and Other Transactions
     Acquisitions, net of cash acquired                                          -        (40,283)
     Proceeds from sale of Material Handling                                     -        341,000
     Proceeds from sale of J&L Fiber Services                                    -        109,445
     Property, plant and equipment acquired                                 (32,597)      (59,191)
     Property, plant and equipment retired                                   10,369        12,870
     Other - net                                                            (36,515)       (9,168)
                                                                        -----------  ------------
       Net cash (used by) provided by investment
         and other transactions                                             (58,743)      354,673
                                                                        -----------  ------------

Financing Activities
     Dividends paid                                                          (4,592)       (9,285)
     Exercise of stock options                                                   -            454
     Purchase of treasury stock                                                  -        (30,086)
     Issuance of long-term obligations                                      125,812        65,218
     Redemption of long-term obligations                                     (3,963)      (40,636)
     Increase (decrease) in short-term notes payable                         43,742       (86,472)
                                                                        -----------  ------------
       Net cash provided by (used by) financing activities                  160,999      (100,807)
                                                                        -----------  ------------
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and
     Cash Equivalents                                                           828           288
                                                                        -------------------------
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents                              6,704       (19,846)

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period                             30,012        29,383
                                                                        =========================
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period                                 $ 36,716       $ 9,537
                                                                        =========================

                        See accompanying notes to financial statements.

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         HARNISCHFEGER INDUSTRIES, INC.
                    (Debtor-in-Possession as of June 7, 1999)
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                          (Dollar amounts in thousands)
                                   (Unaudited)
                                                                                         Accumulated
                                                       Capital in   Compreh-                Other
                                              Common   Excess of     sive    Retained     Comprehen-             Treasury
                                               Stock   Par Value    (Loss)   Earnings     sive (Loss)   SECT      Stock      Total
                                             --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>

Six Months Ended April 30, 1999
Balance at October 31, 1998                  $51,669   $586,509                $216,065   $(60,289)   $(13,525)  $(113,579) $666,850

        Comprehensive income (loss):
             Net (loss)                                            (90,657)     (90,657)                                    (90,657)
             Other Comprehensive (loss):
                 Currency translation adjustment                   (13,250)                (13,250)                         (13,250)
                                                                   --------
             Total Comprehensive (loss)                           (103,907)
                                                                   ========
        Dividends paid ($.10 per share)                                          (4,735)                                     (4,735)
        Dividends on shares held by SECT                    143                                                                 143
        866,500 shares purchased by employee
           and director benefit plans                   (10,035)                                                    15,583    5,548
        Adjust SECT shares to market value                  448                                           (448)                   -
        Amortization of unearned compensation
           on restricted stock                              349                                                                 349
                                            ====================               =====================================================
Balance at April 30, 1999                    $51,669   $577,414                $120,673   $(73,539)   $(13,973)   $(97,996) $564,248
                                             ====================              =====================================================

Six Months Ended April 30, 1998
Balance at October 31, 1997                  $51,607   $625,358                $253,727   $(41,440)   $(56,430)   $(83,162) $749,660
        Comprehensive income (loss):
             Net income                                             58,079       58,079                                      58,079
             Other Comprehensive (loss):
                 Currency translation adjustment                    (5,738)                 (5,738)                          (5,738)
                                                                   --------
                     Total Comprehensive (loss)                    (52,341)
                                                                   ========
        Exercise of 22,256 stock options          22        432                                                                 454
        Dividends paid ($.20 per share)                                          (9,572)                                     (9,572)
        Dividends on shares held by SECT                    287                                                                 287
        Adjust SECT shares to market value              (15,944)                                        15,944                    -
        113,043 shares purchased by employee
           and director benefit plans                     1,944                                                      3,187    5,131
        670,000 shares acquired as treasury
           stock                                                                                                   (30,086) (30,086)
        Amortization of unearned compensation
           on restricted stock                              349                                                                 349
                                             ====================              =====================================================
Balance at April 30, 1998                    $51,629   $612,426                $302,234   $(47,178)   $(40,486)  $(110,061) $768,564
                                             ====================              =====================================================


                 See accompanying notes to financial statements

</TABLE>




                         HARNISCHFEGER INDUSTRIES, INC.
                    (Debtor-in-Possession as of June 7, 1999)
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 April 30, 1999
             (Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)


(a)   Reorganization under Chapter 11

      On June 7, 1999,  Harnischfeger  Industries,  Inc. (the "Company") and its
      domestic  operating  subsidiaries  (collectively,   the  "Debtors")  filed
      voluntary  petitions  for  reorganization  under  Chapter  11 of the  U.S.
      Bankruptcy  Code  (the   "Bankruptcy   Code")  within  the  United  States
      Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the "Bankruptcy Court") and
      orders for relief were  entered.  The Debtors'  Chapter 11 cases have been
      consolidated  for the  purpose of joint  administration  under case number
      99-2171.   The  Debtors  are  currently   operating  their  businesses  as
      debtors-in-possession  pursuant to the  Bankruptcy  Code.  Pursuant to the
      Bankruptcy  Code,  actions  to  collect  prepetition  indebtedness  of the
      Debtors and other contractual  obligations  against the Debtors may not be
      enforced.  These  claims will be reflected  in  subsequent  filings in the
      balance sheet as "liabilities  subject to compromise." In addition,  under
      the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors may assume or reject executory contracts,
      including leases.  Additional  claims may arise from such rejections,  and
      from the determination by the court (or agreed by the parties in interest)
      to allow claims for contingencies and other disputed amounts. However, the
      Debtors  have not yet  completed  their  review of all  their  prepetition
      executory contracts and leases for assumption or rejection. See also notes
      (h) - Long-Term Obligation and (o) Subsequent Events.

      The  Debtors  received  approval  from  the  Bankruptcy  Court  to  pay or
      otherwise  honor  certain  of  their  prepetition  obligations,  including
      employee wages and product warranties.  In addition,  the Bankruptcy Court
      authorized  the  Debtors to  maintain  their  employee  benefit  programs.
      Pension and savings plan funds are in trusts and  protected  under federal
      regulations.  All  required  contributions  are current in the  respective
      plans.

(b)   Basis of Presentation

      The  accompanying  consolidated  interim  financial  statements  have been
      prepared  on a going  concern  basis,  which  contemplates  continuity  of
      operations,  realization  of assets and  liquidation of liabilities in the
      ordinary course of business and do not reflect any adjustments  that might
      result if the  Debtors are unable to  continue  as a going  concern.  As a
      result of the  Debtors'  Chapter 11  filings,  however,  such  matters are
      subject to significant  uncertainty.  The Debtors intend to file a plan of
      reorganization  with the Bankruptcy  Court.  Continuing on a going concern
      basis is dependent upon, among other things,  the Debtors'  formulation of
      an  acceptable  plan of  reorganization,  the  success of future  business
      operations,  and the  generation of sufficient  cash from  operations  and
      financing  sources  to meet the  Debtors'  obligations.  The  accompanying
      consolidated   interim  financial   statements  do  not  reflect  (a)  the
      realizable value of assets on a liquidation basis or their availability to
      satisfy liabilities,  (b) aggregate prepetition liability amounts that may
      be allowed for claims or contingencies,  or their status or priority,  (c)
      the affect of any  changes to the  Debtors'  capital  structure  or in the
      Debtors'  business  operations  as  the  result  of an  approved  plan  of
      reorganization,  or (d)  adjustments  to the  carrying  value of assets or
      liability  amounts  that may be  necessary as the result of actions by the
      Bankruptcy Court.

      In the  opinion of  management,  all  adjustments  necessary  for the fair
      presentation on a going concern basis of the results of operations for the
      three and six months ended April 30, 1999 and 1998, cash flows for the six
      months ended April 30, 1999 and 1998, and financial  position at April 30,
      1999  have  been  made.  All  adjustments  made are of a normal  recurring
      nature,  except  for the  adjustment  related  to  anticipated  losses  on
      contracts discussed in note (l) - Beloit APP Contracts. In addition, other
      transactions which pertain to fiscal 1998 related to anticipated losses on
      contracts   discussed   in  note   (l)  -   Beloit   APP   Contracts   and
      acquisitions/divestitures    which   are   discussed   in   note   (c)   -
      Acquisitions/Discontinued Operations are of a nonrecurring nature.

      These  financial  statements  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the
      financial  statements  and the notes  thereto  included  in the  Company's
      Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended October 31, 1998.

      The  results of  operations  for any  interim  period are not  necessarily
      indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.

(c)   Acquisitions/Discontinued Operations

      On March 30, 1998, the Company  completed the sale of approximately 80% of
      the  common  stock  of the  Company's  P&H  Material  Handling  ("Material
      Handling")  segment  to  Chartwell   Investments,   Inc.  in  a  leveraged
      recapitalization   transaction.   As  such,  the  accompanying   financial
      statements  have been  reclassified  to  reflect  Material  Handling  as a
      discontinued  operation.  The Company  retained  approximately  20% of the
      outstanding  common stock and 11% of the outstanding  voting securities of
      Material Handling and holds one board of director seat in the new company.
      In addition,  the Company has licensed  Material Handling to use the "P&H"
      trademark on existing Material  Handling-produced  products on a worldwide
      basis for periods  specified  in the  agreement  for a royalty fee payable
      over a ten year period.  The Company reported a $151,500 after-tax gain on
      the sale of this  discontinued  operation in the second  quarter of fiscal
      1998. Proceeds consisted of $341,000 in cash and $4,800 in preferred stock
      with a 12.25%  payment-in-kind  dividend;  $7,200 in common  stock was not
      reflected in the Company's  balance sheet or gain  calculations due to the
      nature of the leveraged recapitalization  transaction. Net assets disposed
      of in the sale aggregated $139,300. Sales and operating profit of Material
      Handling for the five months ended March 30, 1998 was $130,546 and $7,447,
      respectively.

      On March 19, 1998,  the Company  completed the  acquisition of Horsburgh &
      Scott ("H&S") for the purchase price of $40,283.  H&S is a manufacturer of
      gears and gear cases,  and is also involved in the  distribution  of parts
      and service to the mining industry. The acquisition was accounted for as a
      purchase transaction,  with the purchase price allocated to the fair value
      of specific assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Resultant goodwill is
      amortized over 40 years.

(d)   Restructuring Charge

      In the second quarter of fiscal 1998, Beloit Corporation,  a subsidiary of
      the Company ("Beloit"),  recorded a $65,000  restructuring charge ($31,900
      after tax and minority  interest).  The charge  included  costs related to
      severance for approximately 1,000 employees worldwide,  facility closures,
      and the disposal of machinery and equipment.  Closures have been completed
      of pulping-related manufacturing facilities in Sherbrooke,  Quebec, Canada
      and Dalton,  Massachusetts.  Conversion of a  paper-related  manufacturing
      facility  in the  United  Kingdom  into a roll  center  of  excellence  is
      complete. The Italian operation is expected to be converted in fiscal 1999
      from a full-line manufacturing operation to a Millprosm aftermarket center
      for  central and  southern  Europe.  The cash and noncash  elements of the
      restructuring  charge  approximated  $32,500  and  $32,500,  respectively.
      Management  anticipates that the reserves will be  substantially  utilized
      before the end of the fiscal year.  Details of this  restructuring  charge
      are as follows:

                                        Original        Reserve         4/30/99
                                        Reserve         Utilized        Reserve
                                       ------------   -------------   ----------

Employee severance                        $ 25,800        $(15,092)    $ 10,708
Facility closures                           33,300         (33,300)           -
Machinery and equipment dispositions         5,900          (4,757)       1,143
                                       ------------   -------------   ----------

Pre-tax charge                            $ 65,000        $(53,149)    $ 11,851
                                       ============   =============   =========


(e)   Inventories

      Consolidated inventories consisted of the following:

                                            April 30,       October 31,
                                              1999            1998
                                          -------------   --------------
Finished goods                              $ 351,284       $ 366,346
Work in process and purchased parts           217,376         198,765
Raw materials                                  94,520          96,920
                                          -------------   --------------
                                              663,180         662,031
Less excess of current cost over stated
    LIFO value                                (51,746)        (51,553)
                                          =============   ==============
                                            $ 611,434       $ 610,478
                                          =============   ==============

      Inventories valued using the LIFO method represented approximately 65% and
      66% of  consolidated  inventories  at April 30, 1999 and October 31, 1998,
      respectively.

(f)   Research and Development Expense

      Research  and  development  costs are  expensed  as  incurred.  Such costs
      incurred in the development of new products or significant improvements to
      existing  products amounted to $5,662 and $14,119 for the three months and
      $13,064  and  $24,224  for the six months  ended  April 30, 1999 and 1998,
      respectively. Certain capital expenditures used in research activities are
      capitalized and depreciated over their expected useful lives.


(g)   Interest Expense - Net

      Net interest expense consists of the following:

                           Three Months Ended               Six Months Ended
                                April 30,                       April 30,
                       ------------------------    -----------------------------
                         1999         1998            1999             1998
                       ------------------------    ------------    -------------
Interest income         $ 1,689      $ 2,429         $ 3,244        $ 3,953
Interest expense        (23,673)     (22,231)        (48,146)       (42,050)
                       ========================    ============    =============
Interest expense - net $(21,984)   $ (19,802)       $(44,902)     $ (38,097)
                       ========================    ============    =============


(h)   Long-Term Obligations

      Long-term  obligations at April 30, 1999 and October 31, 1998 consisted of
the following:

                                                         April 30,   October 31,
                                                           1999          1998
                                                        ------------------------

8.9% Debentures, due 2022                                $   75,000  $    75,000
8.7% Debentures, due 2022                                    75,000       75,000
7 1/4% Debentures, due 2025
   (net of discount of $1,226 and $1,233, respectively )    148,774      148,767
6 7/8% Debentures, due 2027 (net of discount of $103
   and $106, respectively)                                  149,897      149,894
Senior Notes, Series A through D, at
  interest rates of between 8.9% and
  9.1%, due 1999 to 2006                                     69,546       69,546
Australian Term Loan Facility, due 2000                      59,508       56,169
Revolving Credit Facility                                   500,000      375,000
Industrial Revenue Bonds, at interest
  rates of between 5.9% and 8.8%,
  due 1999 to 2017                                           32,620       32,820
Other                                                         9,546       19,377
                                                        ------------------------
                                                          1,119,891    1,001,573
Less:  Amounts payable within one year                      (39,212)    (38,776)
                                                        ========================
                                                         $1,080,679   $ 962,797
                                                        ========================

      The 7 1/4%  debentures  were  issued on  December  19,  1995 at a price of
      99.153%.  The  debentures  mature on December 15, 2025, are not redeemable
      prior to maturity and are not subject to sinking fund requirements.

      In 1996,  the Company filed a shelf  registration  with the Securities and
      Exchange Commission for the sale of up to $200,000 of debt securities.  On
      February 25, 1997,  $150,000 of 6 7/8%  debentures were issued at 99.925%.
      Proceeds were used to repay of  short-term  indebtedness.  The  debentures
      mature on February 15, 2027,  are not  redeemable  by the Company prior to
      maturity, and are not subject to sinking fund requirements. Each holder of
      the  debentures has the right to require the Company to repay the holders,
      in whole or in part, on February 15, 2007,  at a repayment  price equal to
      100% of the  aggregate  principal  amount  thereof plus accrued and unpaid
      interest.

      On February  17, 1998,  the Company  filed a shelf  registration  with the
      Securities  and Exchange  Commission for $200,000 of debt  securities.  To
      date,  none of these  securities  have been  issued.  The Company also has
      $50,000 of debt securities remaining under the shelf registration filed in
      1996.

      The Senior  Notes,  Series A through D, were issued in private  placements
      and are  unsecured.  The Series D Notes  provide for eleven  equal  annual
      repayments of principal plus accrued interest beginning in 1996; Series A,
      B and C Notes are due at maturity in  September of 1999,  1999,  and 2001,
      respectively.

      One of the  Company's  Australian  subsidiaries  is party  to a  committed
      three-year  $90,000  Australian  dollar  ($59,508  U.S.  dollar) term loan
      facility  with a group of four banks at rates  expressed  in  relation  to
      Australian  dollar-denominated Bank Bills of Exchange. A commitment fee is
      payable on any unused portions of the loan. As of April 30, 1999, the loan
      was fully utilized.

      The Company is party to a committed  Revolving  Credit Facility  Agreement
      with certain domestic and foreign  financial  institutions that allows for
      borrowings  of up to $500,000 at rates  expressed in relation to LIBOR and
      other rates and which expires in October,  2002. A facility fee is payable
      on  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility.  At  April  30,  1999,   outstanding
      borrowings under the facility were $500,000. Such borrowings bore interest
      at  LIBOR  plus  0.325%  prior  to  March 1,  1999  and  LIBOR  plus  0.5%
      thereafter.  At April 30, 1999 the Company was in compliance with its loan
      covenants. The provisions of certain of the Company's indebtedness provide
      that a bankruptcy filing triggers an event of default.  See also notes (a)
      - Reorganization under Chapter 11 and (o) - Subsequent Events.

      Liquidity and Capital Resources - Subsequent Event

      On June 7, 1999,  Harnischfeger  Industries,  Inc. (the "Company") and its
      domestic  operating  subsidiaries  (collectively,   the  "Debtors")  filed
      voluntary  petitions for  reorganization  under the  Bankruptcy  Code. The
      provisions  of  certain  of  the  Company's  indebtedness  provide  that a
      bankruptcy  filing  triggers  an event of  default.  See  also  notes  (a)
      Reorganization under Chapter 11 and (o) - Subsequent Events. Also, on June
      7, 1999, the  Bankruptcy  Court entered an order  authorizing  $235,000 in
      interim  debtor-in-possession   financing  to  the  Debtors.  This  amount
      represents the initial  portion under a commitment by The Chase  Manhattan
      Bank to provide  $750,000 in  financing  in  connection  with the Debtors'
      Chapter 11 cases.  This new facility has a term of two years from the date
      the Debtors filed for  reorganization  and will replace  existing  working
      capital  in the form of  revolving  credit,  term  loans,  and  letters of
      credit.  The hearing for the remainder  under the  financing  facility has
      been set for June 28, 1999.

      The  Company  believes  that the  filing  provides  the  Debtors  with the
      opportunity to better position themselves for a viable future. The Company
      plans to continue with implementation of its initiatives to streamline its
      cost  structures  to be in line with market  requirements.  Disruption  of
      operations  relating  to the  Chapter 11  reorganization  could  adversely
      affect  the  Debtors'  relationships  with  their  creditors,   customers,
      suppliers  or  employees.   If  the   Company's   and  its   subsidiaries'
      relationships with their creditors,  customers, suppliers or employees are
      adversely affected, the Debtors' operations could be materially affected.

(i)   Contingent Liabilities

      At April 30, 1999, the Company was contingently liable to banks, financial
      institutions,  and  others  for  approximately  $444,000  for  outstanding
      letters  of  credit  securing  performance  of sales  contracts  and other
      guarantees  in the  ordinary  course of  business.  The  Company  may also
      guarantee  performance  of its  equipment  at  levels  specified  in sales
      contracts without the requirement of a letter of credit.

      The Company is a party to  litigation  matters and claims which are normal
      in the  course  of  its  operations.  Also,  as a  normal  part  of  their
      operations,  the  Company's  subsidiaries  undertake  certain  contractual
      obligations,  warranties  and  guarantees in  connection  with the sale of
      products or  services.  Although  the outcome of these  matters  cannot be
      predicted  with  certainty and  favorable or  unfavorable  resolution  may
      affect income on a quarter-to-quarter basis, management believes that such
      matters  will  not  have a  materially  adverse  effect  on the  Company's
      consolidated  financial  position.  Beloit  may  on  occasion  enter  into
      arrangements  to  participate  in the  ownership  of or  operate  pulp  or
      papermaking  facilities in order to satisfy  contractual  undertakings  or
      resolve disputes.

      One of the claims  against Beloit  involves a lawsuit  brought by Potlatch
      Corporation  that alleges pulp line washers  supplied by Beloit  failed to
      perform satisfactorily. (See note (m) - Potlatch)

      The  Company  and  certain  of its  senior  executives  have been named as
      defendants in a class  action,  entitled In re  Harnischfeger  Industries,
      Inc.  Securities  Litigation,  in the United States District Court for the
      Eastern District of Wisconsin. This action seeks damages in an unspecified
      amount on behalf of an alleged class of purchasers of the Company's common
      stock,  based  principally on allegations  that the Company's  disclosures
      with respect to the Indonesian contracts of Beloit discussed in note (l) -
      Beloit APP Contracts violated the federal securities laws.

      The Company and  certain of its  current  and former  directors  have been
      named defendants in a purported class action,  entitled Brickell Partners,
      Ltd.,  Plaintiff vs. Jeffery T. Grade et. al., in the Court of Chancery of
      the State of Delaware.  This action seeks damages of an unspecified amount
      on behalf of shareholders  based on allegations that the defendants failed
      to explore all reasonable alternatives to maximize shareholder value.

     The Company's ability to realize the unbilled receivables is discussed in
     note (l) - Beloit      APP Contracts.
               -------     --------------

      The Company is also  involved  in a number of  proceedings  and  potential
      proceedings relating to environmental matters. Although it is difficult to
      estimate  the  potential   exposure  to  the  Company   related  to  these
      environmental  matters,  the Company believes that the resolution of these
      matters  will not have a  materially  adverse  effect on its  consolidated
      financial position or results of operations.

      As  a  result  of  its   bankruptcy   filing   described  in  note  (a)  -
      Reorganization  under Chapter 11  aforementioned,  litigation  against the
      Company and its subsidiaries who filed bankruptcy is stayed.

(j)   Earnings Per Share

      In the first  quarter of fiscal  1998,  the Company  adopted  Statement of
      Financial  Accounting  Standard  ("SFAS") No. 128,  "Earnings  Per Share".
      Following is the reconciliation of the numerators and denominators used to
      calculate the basic and diluted earnings per share:

                                          Three Months Ended    Six Months Ended
                                               April 30,            April 30,
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                         1999         1998       1999       1998
Basic Earnings Per Share
- ---------------------------------------
(Loss) from continuing operations  $ (74,258)  $ (72,826)$ (90,657)  $ (97,797)
Income from discontinued operation         -         972         -       4,376
Gain on sale of discontinued operation     -     151,500         -     151,500
                                     ======== ========== =======================
Net Income (loss)                    (74,258)   $ 79,646 $ (90,657)   $ 58,079
                                      ======= ========== =======================

Average common shares outstanding     46,369      46,416    46,143      46,579

(Loss) from continuing operations    $ (1.60)    $ (1.57) $ (1.96)   $ (2.10)
Income from and net gain on sale of
discontinued operation                     -        3.28        -       3.35
                                     ======== ========== =======================
Net Income (loss)                    $ (1.60)     $ 1.71  $ (1.96)    $ 1.25
                                    ========= ========== =======================

Diluted Earnings Per Share
- ---------------------------------------
(Loss) from continuing operations  $ (74,258) $ (72,826)  $ (90,657) $ (97,797)
Income from discontinued operation         -        972           -      4,376
Gain on sale of discontinued operation     -    151,500           -    151,500
                                   ======= ============  =======================
Net Income (loss)                 $ (74,258)  $ 79,646    $ (90,657)  $ 58,079
                                   ======= ============  =======================

Average common shares outstanding    46,369     46,416       46,143     46,579
Assumed exercise of stock options       -           -           -            -
                                   ------ ------------  -----------------------
                                     46,369     46,416       46,143     46,579

(Loss) from continuing operations  $ (1.60)   $ (1.57)    $ (1.96)    $ (2.10)
Income from and net gain on sale of
discontinued operation                -          3.28          -         3.35
                                 ========= ==========  =======================
Net Income (loss)               $ (1.60)       $ 1.71     $ (1.96)     $ 1.25
                                ========== ============  =======================


(k)   Common Stock

      In September,  1997, the Company announced that the board of directors had
      authorized  the  repurchase  of up to ten million  shares of the Company's
      common stock. As of April 30, 1999, the Company had repurchased  1,772,900
      shares  through  open-market  transactions  at  a  cost  of  approximately
      $68,263. No shares have been repurchased during fiscal 1999.

(l)   Beloit APP Contracts

      In fiscal 1996 and 1997,  Beloit's Asian subsidiaries  received orders for
      four fine paper  machines  from Asia Pulp & Paper Co.  Ltd.  ("APP") for a
      total of approximately $600,000. During the second quarter of fiscal 1998,
      the Company identified $155,000 of additional  estimated contract costs at
      Beloit related to these contracts.  The additional costs primarily related
      to non-proprietary equipment, installation and erection, freight and other
      site construction  costs, and overruns resulting from changes in estimates
      of costs to complete related to these complex, large-scale projects.

      The first two machines have been  substantially  paid for and installed at
      APP  facilities  in  Indonesia.   Beloit  sold  approximately  $44,000  of
      receivables   from  APP  on  these  first  two  machines  to  a  financial
      institution. The machines are currently in the start-up/optimization phase
      and are  required  to meet  certain  contractual  performance  tests.  The
      contracts provide for potential liquidated damages,  including performance
      damages, in certain circumstances.  The Company is having discussions with
      APP on certain claims and back charges on the first two machines.

      The two remaining  machines have been substantially  manufactured,  are in
      Beloit's or Beloit's Asian subsidiaries' possession and are carried on the
      Consolidated  Balance Sheet at April 30, 1999 as unbilled  receivables  of
      approximately  $180,000.  This  amount  is net of a $46,000  down  payment
      received  from APP. In  addition,  the Company  repurchased  various  note
      receivables  from APP in  December  1998 and  February  1999 of $2,770 and
      $16,230,  respectively  which  had  previously  been  sold to a  financial
      institution.  The  Company  has issued  letters-of-credit  ("LOCs") in the
      amount  of the down  payment.  To  date,  APP has been  unable  to  secure
      financing  for these two  machines.  In  addition,  Beloit is working with
      vendors  which  supplied  material  and parts on these  machines to extend
      payment terms.

      On December 15, 1998, Beloit's Asian subsidiaries  declared APP in default
      on the contracts for the two remaining  machines,  concluding that APP has
      not acted in good  faith and is  unwilling  to pay its  obligations  or is
      incapable   of   securing   financing   for  these  two  paper   machines.
      Consequently,  on December 16, 1998, Beloit's Asian subsidiaries filed for
      arbitration  in Singapore for the full payment from APP for the second two
      machines  as well as at least  $125,000 in damages  and delay  costs.  The
      claim may be adjusted if the machines are sold to another customer.

      On December  16,  1998,  APP filed a notice of  arbitration  in  Singapore
      against Beloit's Asian subsidiaries seeking a full refund of approximately
      $46,000 paid to Beloit's  Asian  subsidiaries  for the second two machines
      and claiming that Beloit's Asian  subsidiaries had an obligation under the
      purchase  contracts to secure financing.  APP also seeks recovery of other
      damages it alleges  were caused by Beloit's  Asian  subsidiaries'  claimed
      breaches. In addition,  APP seeks a declaration in the arbitration that it
      has no liability under certain  promissory notes.  Also, APP has filed for
      and received an injunction from the Singapore  courts that prohibit Beloit
      from acting on the notes  receivable  from APP except for in the Singapore
      arbitration.  Beloit and it's Asian  subsidiaries  will vigorously  defend
      against all of APP's  assertions  and also will proceed  without  delay to
      mitigate  APP's  obligations  for damages by seeking  other  customers for
      these  world-class  machines.  APP has attempted to draw on  approximately
      $15,900 of existing LOCs issued by Banca  Nazionale del Lavaro  ("BNL") in
      connection with the contracts for the second two machines. The Company has
      filed for and received a preliminary  injunction  that  prohibits BNL from
      executing  payment  under  the  drawing.  The  final  disposition  of  the
      Company's  request for a permanent  injunction  remains  pending  with the
      United States  District  Court for the Eastern  District of Wisconsin.  On
      January 4, 1999,  the Company  placed funds on deposit with BNL to provide
      for payment under the LOCs should the permanent injunction not be granted.

      To mitigate APP's damages and to improve  short-term  liquidity,  Beloit's
      Asian  subsidiaries  are seeking to sell these two machines to alternative
      customers.  The Company  recorded an $87,000 reserve in the second quarter
      against  the  possible  decrease  in  realizable  value of  certain  paper
      machines  for  Asian  customers,  primarily  the third  and  fourth  paper
      machines  ordered by APP  (designated  as #811 and #812 by  Beloit).  This
      reserve  reflects the  offering in the second  quarter of one machine at a
      significant  discount to improve  short-term  liquidity.  In the event APP
      does not pay for these  machines  and the  Company is unable to sell these
      paper  machines  to another  customer,  it may have a  materially  adverse
      effect on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

(m)   Potlatch

      On April 2, 1999 the Supreme  Court of Idaho  vacated the judgement of the
      Idaho District  Court in the Potlatch  lawsuit and remanded the case for a
      new trial.  Filed  originally in 1995, the Potlatch  lawsuit  related to a
      1989  purchase  of pulp line  washers  supplied  by  Beloit  for less than
      $15,000. In June, 1997, a Lewiston, Idaho jury awarded Potlatch $95,000 in
      damages in the case which, together with fees, costs and interest to April
      2, 1999,  approximated  $120,000.  This  litigation  has been  stayed as a
      result of the  bankruptcy  filings.  See note (a) -  Reorganization  under
      Chapter 11.


(n)   Other Comprehensive Income

      In the first  quarter of fiscal  1999,  the Company  adopted  SFAS No.130,
      "Reporting   Comprehensive   Income",   which  established  standards  for
      reporting  and  displaying  comprehensive  income and its  components in a
      financial  statement that is displayed  with the same  prominence as other
      financial statements.

(o)   Subsequent Events

      On June 7, 1999 the Debtors filed voluntary  petitions for  reorganization
      under Chapter 11 of the  Bankruptcy  Code in the United States  Bankruptcy
      Court for the  District  of  Delaware.  The  filings  allow the Debtors an
      opportunity to better position themselves for a viable future. The Debtors
      will continue to implement initiatives to streamline their cost structures
      in line with market  requirements.  In  connection  with the  filing,  the
      Debtors have received a commitment for  debtor-in-possession  financing of
      $750,000.  See  notes  (a) -  Reorganization  under  Chapter  11 and (h) -
      Long-Term Obligations.

(p)   Receivables Facilities

      On February 26, 1999, the Company  established two facilities  under which
      receivables were sold to two newly formed  subsidiaries which in turn sold
      receivables to The Chase  Manhattan  Bank, as  administrative  agent,  and
      certain other  purchasers.  The  receivables  companies were not among the
      Company's  subsidiaries  that filed  petitions  for  reorganization  under
      Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code on June 7, 1999.  Approximately  $45,000
      was  outstanding  under these  facilities on June 7, 1999. The receivables
      companies  are separate and  distinct  from the Company.  Creditors of the
      Company  do not  have a  direct  claim on the  assets  of the  receivables
      companies.


                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION
                    SIX MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1999 AND 1998
             (Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

On June 7, 1999, the Company filed voluntary petitions for reorganization  under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the United States  Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Delaware in an action that covers the parent company and its U.S.
based operating subsidiaries.

The commentary in Management's Discussion and Analysis contains  forward-looking
statements.  When used in this document, terms such as "anticipate",  "believe",
"estimate",  "expect", "indicate", "may be", "objective", "plan", "predict", and
"will be" are intended to identify such statements.  Forward-looking  statements
are subject to certain risks,  uncertainties  and assumptions  which could cause
actual  results to differ  materially  from those  projected,  including  those,
without  limitation,  described  in  Item 5.  Other  Information  -  "Cautionary
Factors" in Part II of this report.

Net loss for the six months  ended April 30,  1999  amounted  to  ($90,657),  or
($1.96) per basic  share,  as  compared  to net income of $58,079,  or $1.25 per
basic  share  for the six  months  ended  April 30,  1998.  The net loss in 1999
included  pre-tax  anticipated  losses on contracts of ($87,000).  Net income in
1998 included a pre-tax restructuring charge of ($65,000) and anticipated losses
on  contracts  of  $(164,400),  offset  by  income  from and a gain on sale from
discontinued operation of $151,500.

Basic and diluted  earnings per share  calculations  for the first six months of
1999 and 1998 were  based on  46,143  and  46,579  average  shares  outstanding,
respectively.

Significant  factors  contributing  to  the  $7,140  improvement  in  loss  from
continuing  operations  for the first six  months  of 1999 as  compared  to 1998
included: (1) a $64,525 decrease in operating losses as described in the Segment
Information  section which follows,  offset by (2) a $6,805 increase in interest
expense,  (3) a $30,200  decrease in the income tax benefit due to lower pre-tax
losses and (4) a $20,380 decrease in minority interest.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Segment Information

Operating results of the Company's  business segments for the three months ended
April 30, 1999 and 1998 are summarized as follows:

                                                                                                             Backlog at
                                       Net Sales            Operating Profit        Orders Booked            End of Period
                                ----------------------- -----------------------  --------------------  ------------------------

                                   1999        1998       1999        1998        1999        1998         04/99         01/99
                                ------------ ---------- ----------- -----------  --------- -----------  ----------- -----------
<S>                            <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>           <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>

Mining Group                     $294,334   $280,746   $ 20,965    $ 23,543      $240,497   $331,003     $368,719    $  422,556
Pulp and Paper Machinery          193,790    197,093    (24,965)     (7,655)      171,397    173,958      300,103 (A)   569,996
Anticipated Losses on Contracts                         (87,000)    (82,400)
Restructuring Charge                                                (65,000)
                                ---------- ----------  ----------- ---------     --------  ---------     --------     ---------
 Total Pulp and Paper Machinery   193,790    197,093   (111,965)   (155,055)      171,397    173,958      300,103       569,996
                                ---------- ----------  ----------- ---------     --------  ---------     --------     ---------
    Total Business Segments       488,124    477,839    (91,000)   (131,512)      411,894    504,961      668,822       992,552
                                ========== ==========                            ========  =========     =========    =========

Corporate Administration                                 (4,950)     (4,926)
                                                        ---------   ---------

Operating (Loss)                                        (95,950)   (136,438)
                                                        ==========  =========


(A) Backlog has been reduced by $247,500 due to elimination of remaining backlog
 related  to the APP  orders  ($72,000)  and to  other  inactive  orders  in the
 backlog, primarily in Brazil and Russia.
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Segment Information

Operating  results of the Company's  business  segments for the six months ended
April 30, 1999 and 1998 are summarized as follows:

                                                                                                             Backlog at
                                       Net Sales            Operating Profit        Orders Booked            End of Period
                                ----------------------- -----------------------  --------------------  ------------------------

                                   1999        1998       1999        1998        1999        1998         04/99         10/98
                                ------------ ---------- ----------- -----------  --------- -----------  ----------- -----------
<S>                            <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>           <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>

Mining Group                     $558,771   $601,868   $ 36,062    $ 62,070      $541,484   $634,343     $368,719    $  386,006
Pulp and Paper Machinery          385,603    433,815    (46,295)      6,852       295,982    477,334      300,103 (A)   637,224
Anticipated Losses on Contracts                         (87,000)   (164,400)
Restructuring Charge                                                (65,000)
                                ---------- ----------  ----------- ---------     --------  ---------     --------     ---------
 Total Pulp and Paper Machinery   385,603    433,815   (133,295)   (222,548)      295,982    477,334      300,103       637,224
                                ---------- ----------  ----------- ---------     --------  ---------     --------     ---------
    Total Business Segments       944,374  1,035,683    (97,233)   (160,478)      837,466  1,111,677      668,822     1,023,230
                                ========== ==========                            ========  =========     =========    =========

Corporate Administration                                 (9,263)    (10,543)
                                                        ---------   ---------

Operating (Loss)                                       (106,496)   (171,021)
                                                       ==========  =========


(A) Backlog has been reduced by $247,500 due to elimination of remaining backlog
 related  to the APP  orders  ($72,000)  and to  other  inactive  orders  in the
 backlog, primarily in Brazil and Russia.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>


Segment Information - Continuing Operations

Net sales of the Mining  Equipment  segment  were  $558,771 and $601,868 for the
first six months of 1999 and 1998,  respectively.  Operating profit decreased to
$36,062  for the first six  months of 1999  compared  to  $62,070  in 1998.  The
decrease  in sales and  operating  profit  is  primarily  due to lower  original
equipment  sales  resulting from ongoing  weakness in the coal and copper mining
markets,  partially offset through improved aftermarket sales. Reduced operating
profits also reflected decreases in absorption of manufacturing costs related to
lower  sales and  manufacturing  direct  labor  hours.  Cost  reduction  efforts
initiated  in the  latter  part of  fiscal  1998  improved  operating  profit by
$28,300.  The surface and  underground  mining  machinery  businesses  have both
maintained  their  overall  market  positions and their product by product price
realization.  Bookings for the first six months of 1999  amounted to $541,484 as
compared to $634,343 for the same period in 1998.

The Pulp and Paper Machinery  segment  ("Beloit")  contributed sales of $385,603
and an operating loss of $46,295 before a reserve of $87,000  established during
the first six months of 1999 against the possible  decrease in realizable  value
of certain paper  machines for Asian  customers,  primarily the third and fourth
paper  machines  ordered by APP.  This  reserve  reflects the offering of one of
these  machines  at  significant  discount  in the  second  quarter  to  improve
short-term  liquidity.  This  compared to net sales of $433,815 and an operating
gain of $6,852, before restructuring charge of $65,000 and anticipated losses on
contracts of $164,400,  for the first six months of 1998. Sales decreased 11% in
1999 over 1998,  due  primarily  to a decrease  in sales of  original  equipment
caused  by the weak  global  pulp and  paper  markets.  Operating  results  were
adversely  impacted by the lower sales  levels and a decrease in  absorption  of
manufacturing  costs  related to lower  sales and reduced  manufacturing  direct
labor hours.  Also,  start-up  costs and initial  operating  losses at Princeton
Paper  Company  LLC  of  $12,885  negatively  impacted  results.  Beloit  became
responsible  for the operations of Princeton  Paper, a Fitchburg,  Massachusetts
pulp and paper mill,  as a result of a settlement  with holders of bonds for the
initial  construction  of the  facility,  for which Beloit  provided  equipment.
Princeton  Paper is obligated to make lease  payments  over fifteen years with a
present value  aggregating  $54,000.  Cost  reduction  efforts  initiated in the
latter part of fiscal 1998 and first part of fiscal 1999  reduced the  operating
loss by $33,700.  Bookings for the first six months of 1999 amounted to $295,982
as compared to $477,334 for the same period in 1998. Overall,  order backlog has
been reduced by $247,500 to reflect the removal of the remaining  portion of the
backlog related to the APP equipment ($72,000),  as well as the removal of other
inactive orders, primarily in Brazil and Russia due to those countries' weakened
financial condition.

In addition,  Beloit continues to suffer from a prolonged  global  depression in
demand for pulp and paper machinery.  While proposal activity  strengthens,  the
conversion  rate of proposals  into  confirmed  bookings has not  accelerated as
projects  continue  to be pushed out in time.  Aftermarket  activity in Beloit's
Millprosm initiative continues to grow in key markets, but at low,  single-digit
rates.  Cost-reduction  efforts also continue as worldwide  operations headcount
was  reduced  by about  500  with  the  announced  closing  of one of two  major
Wisconsin  plants and the  foundry in Poland and the  conversion  of the largest
European  facility into a Millpro  service  center.  Selected  reductions in the
workforce  included a combination  of layoffs and shortened  workweeks in a wide
variety of facilities  in North  America.  These  temporary  measures  allow the
flexibility  to quickly  respond to  changing  customer  needs and to retain key
resources for the cyclical upturn.

In the second quarter of fiscal 1998,  Beloit  recorded a $65,000  restructuring
charge  ($31,900  after tax and minority  interest).  The charge  included costs
related to severance  for  approximately  1,000  employees  worldwide,  facility
closures,  and the  disposal of  machinery  and  equipment.  Closures  have been
completed of  pulping-related  manufacturing  facilities in Sherbrooke,  Quebec,
Canada and Dalton,  Massachusetts.  Conversion of a paper-related  manufacturing
facility in the United Kingdom into a roll center of excellence is complete. The
Italian  operation  is expected to be  converted in fiscal 1999 from a full-line
manufacturing  operation  to a  Millprosm  aftermarket  center for  central  and
southern  Europe.  The cash and  noncash  elements of the  restructuring  charge
approximated $32,500 and $32,500, respectively.  Management anticipates that the
reserves will be substantially utilized before the end of the fiscal year.
Details of this restructuring charge are as follows:



                                        Original        Reserve         4/30/99
                                        Reserve         Utilized        Reserve
                                       ------------   -------------   ----------

Employee severance                        $ 25,800        $(15,092)    $ 10,708
Facility closures                           33,300         (33,300)           -
Machinery and equipment dispositions         5,900          (4,757)       1,143
                                       ------------   -------------   ----------

Pre-tax charge                            $ 65,000        $(53,149)    $ 11,851
                                       ============   =============   =========


Income Taxes

The Company's estimated annual effective tax rate for continuing  operations for
the first six months of 1999 was 34%  compared  to a 35% federal  statutory  tax
rate. The effective rate differs from the statutory rate because of tax credits,
state taxes and differences in foreign and U.S. tax rates.

Liquidity and Cash Flows

The Company's  capital  structure at April 30, 1999 and October 31, 1998 were as
follows:


                                                 April 30,       October 31,
                                                   1999              1998
                                                 ------------   ---------------

Short-term notes payable                           $ 164,716         $ 117,607
Long-term obligations, including current portion   1,119,891         1,001,573
                                                 ------------   ---------------
                                                   1,284,607         1,119,180

Minority interest                                     35,322            43,838
Shareholders' equity                                 564,248           666,850
                                                 ------------   ---------------

Total capitalization                              $1,884,177        $1,829,868
                                                 ============   ===============
Debt to capitalization ratio                           68.2%             61.2%
                                                 ============   ===============


Cash flow used by  operating  activities  was $96,380  for the six months  ended
April 30, 1999  compared to cash flow used by operating  activities  of $274,000
for the comparable  period in 1998. The difference in cash flow between  periods
is  primarily  the  result  of  lower  increases  in  accounts   receivable  and
inventories  in the first half of fiscal  1999,  and  effects of gain on sale of
discontinued operation and restructuring charge of fiscal 1998.

Cash flow used by  investment  activities  was $58,743 for the six months  ended
April 30,  1999  compared  to cash flow  provided by  investment  activities  of
$354,673  for the  comparable  period in 1998.  The change is  primarily  due to
proceeds from the sale of J&L Fiber  Services and Material  Handling  during the
first half of fiscal 1998.

Cash provided by financing activities in the first six months of fiscal 1999 was
$160,999 compared to cash flow used by financing activities of $100,807 in 1998.
The difference  was primarily due to treasury stock  purchases in the first half
of 1998 and activities in short-term notes payable.

As of April 30, 1999, the Company maintained the following borrowing facilities:

(1)    A Revolving  Credit  Facility which expires in October 2002,  between the
       Company and certain domestic and foreign  financial  institutions  allows
       for borrowings of up to $500,000 at rates  expressed in relation to LIBOR
       and other  rates.  At April  30,  1999,  there  were  direct  outstanding
       borrowings of $500,000 under the facility.  Such borrowings bore interest
       at  LIBOR  plus  0.325%  prior  to March 1,  1999  and  LIBOR  plus  0.5%
       thereafter.

(2)     Various uncommitted domestic credit facilities of approximately  $20,000
        to further supplement short-term working capital requirements.  At April
        30,  1999,  there were  $20,000 in  borrowings  outstanding  under these
        facilities.  Short-term bank credit lines of foreign  subsidiaries  were
        approximately  $155,000, of which approximately $122,000 was outstanding
        at April 30, 1999.

(2)    In  February  1998,  the  Company  filed a shelf  registration  with  the
       Securities and Exchange  Commission for $200,000 of debt  securities.  To
       date,  none of these  securities  have been issued.  The Company also has
       $50,000 of debt securities  remaining under a shelf registration filed in
       1996.

At April 30, 1999 the Company was in compliance with its loan covenants.

Liquidity and Capital Resources - Subsequent Event

On June 7, 1999, Harnischfeger Industries, Inc. (the "Company") and its domestic
operating subsidiaries  (collectively,  the "Debtors") filed voluntary petitions
for  reorganization  under the Bankruptcy Code. The provisions of certain of the
Company's  indebtedness  provide that a bankruptcy  filing  triggers an event of
default.  See also notes (a) - Reorganization  under Chapter 11, (h) - Long-Term
Obligation  and (o) - Subsequent  Events.  Also, on June 7, 1999, the Bankruptcy
Court  entered an order  authorizing  $235,000  in interim  debtor-in-possession
financing to the Debtors.  This amount  represents  the initial  portion under a
commitment  by The Chase  Manhattan  Bank to provide  $750,000 in  financing  in
connection with the Debtors'  Chapter 11 cases.  This new facility has a term of
two years from the date the Debtors  filed for  reorganization  and will replace
existing  working  capital in the form of  revolving  credit,  term  loans,  and
letters of credit.  The hearing for the remainder  under the financing  facility
has been set for June 28, 1999.

The Company  believes that the filing  provides the Debtors with the opportunity
to better position themselves for a viable future. The Company plans to continue
with  implementation  of its initiatives to streamline its cost structures to be
in line with  market  requirements.  Disruption  of  operations  relating to the
Chapter 11 reorganization could adversely affect the Debtors' relationships with
their  creditors,  customers,  suppliers or employees.  If the Company's and its
subsidiaries'  relationships  with  their  creditors,  customers,  suppliers  or
employees are adversely  affected,  the Debtors'  operations could be materially
affected.

Acquisitions/Discontinued Operations

On March 30, 1998, the Company  completed the sale of  approximately  80% of the
common  stock of the  Company's  P&H  Material  Handling  ("Material  Handling")
segment  to  Chartwell  Investments,   Inc.  in  a  leveraged   recapitalization
transaction.   As  such,  the  accompanying   financial   statements  have  been
reclassified  to reflect  Material  Handling as a  discontinued  operation.  The
Company retained  approximately  20% of the outstanding  common stock and 11% of
the outstanding  voting  securities of Material  Handling and holds one Board of
Director seat in the new company. In addition, the Company has licensed Material
Handling  to use the "P&H"  trademark  on  existing  Material  Handling-produced
products  on a worldwide  basis for periods  specified  in the  agreement  for a
royalty  fee payable  over a ten year  period.  The Company  reported a $151,500
after-tax gain on the sale of this discontinued  operation in the second quarter
of fiscal 1998.  Proceeds  consisted of $341,000 in cash and $4,800 in preferred
stock with a 12.25%  Payment-in-Kind  dividend;  $7,200 in common  stock was not
reflected in the Company's  balance sheet or gain calculations due to the nature
of the leveraged  recapitalization  transaction.  Net assets  disposed of in the
sale aggregated  $139,300.  Sales and operating profit of Material  Handling for
the five months ended March 30, 1998 was $130,546 and $7,447, respectively.

On March 19, 1998,  the Company  completed the  acquisition of Horsburgh & Scott
("H&S") for the purchase price of $40,283.  H&S is a  manufacturer  of gears and
gear cases, and is also involved in the distribution of parts and service to the
mining  industry.  The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase  transaction,
with the purchase price  allocated to the fair value of specific assets acquired
and liabilities assumed. Resultant goodwill is amortized over 40 years.

Beloit APP Contracts

In fiscal 1996 and 1997,  Beloit's Asian  subsidiaries  received orders for four
fine  paper  machines  from Asia Pulp & Paper Co.  Ltd.  ("APP")  for a total of
approximately  $600,000.  During the second  quarter of fiscal 1998, the Company
identified $155,000 of additional  estimated contract costs at Beloit related to
these  contracts.  The additional  costs  primarily  related to  non-proprietary
equipment, installation and erection, freight and other site construction costs,
and overruns resulting from changes in estimates of costs to complete related to
these complex, large-scale projects.

The first two machines  have been  substantially  paid for and  installed at APP
facilities in Indonesia.  Beloit sold approximately  $44,000 of receivables from
APP on these first two  machines to a financial  institution.  The  machines are
currently  in the  start-up/optimization  phase and are required to meet certain
contractual  performance  tests. The contracts provide for potential  liquidated
damages, including performance damages, in certain circumstances. The Company is
having  discussions with APP on certain claims and back charges on the first two
machines.

The two remaining machines have been substantially manufactured, are in Beloit's
or Beloit's Asian  subsidiaries'  possession and are carried on the Consolidated
Balance  Sheet  at April  30,  1999 as  unbilled  receivables  of  approximately
$180,000.  This amount is net of a $46,000  down payment  received  from APP. In
addition,  the Company repurchased various note receivables from APP in December
1998 and February 1999 of $2,770 and $16,230,  respectively which had previously
been sold to a financial institution.  The Company has issued  letters-of-credit
("LOCs")  in the amount of the down  payment.  To date,  APP has been  unable to
secure  financing  for these two machines.  In addition,  Beloit is working with
vendors which  supplied  material and parts on these  machines to extend payment
terms.

On December 15, 1998, Beloit's Asian subsidiaries declared APP in default on the
contracts for the two remaining  machines,  concluding that APP has not acted in
good faith and is unwilling to pay its  obligations  or is incapable of securing
financing  for these two paper  machines.  Consequently,  on December  16, 1998,
Beloit's  Asian  subsidiaries  filed for  arbitration  in Singapore for the full
payment  from APP for the second two  machines  as well as at least  $125,000 in
damages and delay  costs.  The claim may be adjusted if the machines are sold to
another customer.

On December 16, 1998,  APP filed a notice of  arbitration  in Singapore  against
Beloit's Asian subsidiaries seeking a full refund of approximately  $46,000 paid
to Beloit's  Asian  subsidiaries  for the second two machines and claiming  that
Beloit's Asian  subsidiaries had an obligation  under the purchase  contracts to
secure  financing.  APP also seeks  recovery  of other  damages it alleges  were
caused by Beloit's Asian subsidiaries' claimed breaches. In addition,  APP seeks
a  declaration  in  the  arbitration  that  it has no  liability  under  certain
promissory  notes.  Also, APP has filed for and received an injunction  from the
Singapore  courts that prohibit Beloit from acting on the notes  receivable from
APP except for in the Singapore arbitration.  Beloit and it's Asian subsidiaries
will  vigorously  defend  against all of APP's  assertions and also will proceed
without  delay to  mitigate  APP's  obligations  for  damages by  seeking  other
customers  for  these  world-class  machines.  APP  has  attempted  to  draw  on
approximately  $15,900 of  existing  LOCs issued by Banca  Nazionale  del Lavaro
("BNL") in  connection  with the  contracts  for the second  two  machines.  The
Company has filed for and received a preliminary  injunction  that prohibits BNL
from executing payment under the drawing. The final disposition of the Company's
request  for a  permanent  injunction  remains  pending  with the United  States
District  Court for the Eastern  District of Wisconsin.  On January 4, 1999, the
Company  placed funds on deposit with BNL to provide for payment  under the LOCs
should the permanent injunction not be granted.

To mitigate APP's damages and to improve  short-term  liquidity,  Beloit's Asian
subsidiaries  are seeking to sell these two machines to  alternative  customers.
The  Company  recorded  an $87,000  reserve in the second  quarter  against  the
possible  decrease  in  realizable  value of certain  paper  machines  for Asian
customers,  primarily  the  third  and  fourth  paper  machines  ordered  by APP
(designated as #811 and #812 by Beloit).  This reserve  reflects the offering in
the  second  quarter  of  one  machine  at a  significant  discount  to  improve
short-term  liquidity.  In the event APP does not pay for these machines and the
Company is unable to sell these paper machines to another customer,  it may have
a materially adverse effect on its consolidated financial position or results of
operations.

Potlatch

On April 2, 1999 the Supreme  Court of Idaho  vacated the judgement of the Idaho
District  Court in the  Potlatch  lawsuit and remanded the case for a new trial.
Filed  originally in 1995,  the Potlatch  lawsuit  related to a 1989 purchase of
pulp line washers  supplied by Beloit for less than  $15,000.  In June,  1997, a
Lewiston,  Idaho jury  awarded  Potlatch  $95,000 in damages in the case  which,
together with fees, costs and interest to April 2, 1999,  approximated $120,000.
This litigation has been stayed as a result of the bankruptcy filings.  See note
(a) - Reorganization under Chapter 11.

Year 2000 Readiness Disclosure

The Year 2000 issue  focuses on the ability of  information  systems to properly
recognize and process  date-sensitive  information  beyond December 31, 1999. To
address this  problem,  the Company is in the process of  implementing  its Year
2000  readiness  plan for  information  technology  systems  ("IT")  and  non-IT
equipment, facilities and systems.

The primary IT strategy for attaining Year 2000  readiness  within the operating
units is the successful  implementation of Year 2000-ready  business  processing
software.  Joy has  implemented  SAP R/3.  P&H Mining  Equipment  has  completed
various remediation  efforts and system upgrades.  Beloit is in the process of a
worldwide  implementation of MAPICS. All business segments anticipate their Year
2000 IT efforts to be substantially completed during the third quarter of fiscal
1999.

The Company  relies on  third-party  suppliers  for key  materials and services.
Efforts have been initiated to evaluate the status of suppliers'  efforts and to
determine  alternatives and contingency plan requirements.  These activities are
intended to provide a means of managing risk, but cannot eliminate the potential
for disruption due to third-party failure.

Facilities and office  equipment such as machine  tools,  material  distribution
equipment,  telephone switches,  and other common devices may be affected by the
Year  2000  problem.  Mission-critical  systems  are  scheduled  to be Year 2000
compliant by July 1999.

The Company has  identified  product-related  Year 2000  problems and is working
with  customers  to  assist  in their  Year 2000  readiness  efforts.  It is not
possible to determine  with complete  certainty that all Year 2000 problems have
been  identified  or  corrected  due  to  testing  limitations,  complexity  and
application of these products.

Total expenses on the project through April 30, 1999 were  approximately  $4,937
and were related to expenses for repair or replacement of software and hardware,
expenses  associated with facilities,  products and supplier reviews and project
management expenses.  Expected incremental expenses related to Year 2000 are not
expected  to be  material  to the  Company's  financial  position.  The costs of
implementing  SAP and MAPICS are excluded as these system  implementations  were
undertaken primarily to improve business processes.

The  failure  to  correct  a  material  Year  2000  problem  could  result in an
interruption  in,  or a  failure  of,  certain  normal  business  activities  or
operations. Contingency plans are being developed as risks are identified in the
various business processes.

Due to the general uncertainty  inherent in the Year 2000 problem,  resulting in
part from  uncertainty of the Year 2000  readiness of third-party  suppliers and
customers,  the  Company  is  unable  to  determine  at this  time  whether  the
consequences  of Year 2000 failures will have a material  impact on the Company.
The Company  believes that the  implementation  of new business  systems and the
completion of the readiness  plan as scheduled  will reduce the  possibility  of
significant interruptions of normal operations.

Market Risk
Volatility in interest rates and foreign exchange rates can impact the Company's
earnings,  equity,  and cash flow.  From time to time the Company will undertake
transactions  to hedge this  impact.  The  instrument  will be  effective  if it
offsets partially or completely the impact on earnings, equity, and cash flow of
this rate  volatility  on the  Company's  underlying  interest  rate and foreign
exchange rate  exposures.  In accordance with the Company's  policy,  at no time
will the Company execute  derivatives  that are speculative or that increase the
Company's  risk from interest rate or foreign  exchange  rate  fluctuations.  At
April 30,  1999,  there were no  interest  rate  derivatives.  Foreign  exchange
derivatives  at that  date  were  exclusively  in the form of  forward  exchange
contracts executed  over-the-counter with several commercial banks, all of which
held  investment  grade credit ratings.  The outstanding  value of these forward
contracts at April 30, 1999, in absolute  dollar terms for all  currencies,  was
$210,152.

The  Company's  accounting  policy for  recording  gains and losses from forward
exchange  contracts  complies with  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standard
("SFAS") No. 52. In addition,  the Company has adopted a Foreign  Exchange  Risk
Management  Policy.  It is a  risk-averse  policy in which  most of the  foreign
exchange exposures that impact earnings and cash flow are fully hedged,  subject
to a net $5,000  self-insurance  threshold of permitted  exposures per currency.
Exposures  that  impact  only  equity or that do not have a cash flow impact are
generally  not hedged  with  derivatives.  There are two  categories  of foreign
exchange  exposure  that are hedged:  assets and  liabilities  denominated  in a
foreign  currency  and future  receipts  or  payments  denominated  in a foreign
currency.  These exposures  normally arise from imports and exports of goods and
from intercompany lending activity.

The fair value of the Company's forward exchange  contracts at April 30, 1999 is
presented in the following table by country currency converted to U.S. dollars:

                                   Maturing in      Maturing in
                                       1999            2000
Contracts                          (Dollar Amounts in Thousands)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------

Australian Dollar                      $ 14,631           $ 664
Austrian Schilling                          101               -
Canadian Dollar                             323               -
Italian Lira                             21,711               -
So. African Rand                         20,024           5,578
U.K. Pound                               89,053          13,997
U.S. Dollar                              40,735           3,335
- ----------------------------------------------------------------


Other

The company has exceeded its goal of reducing  3,100  positions  globally by the
end of 1999,  having  achieved  reductions  in excess of 3,400 by the end of the
second quarter. These cuts, coupled with additional  cost-reduction efforts, are
delivering more than $110,000 in annualized savings at fiscal 1998 sales levels.
Selected  cost-reduction  plans  occurred  in the  first  half of  fiscal  1999,
although some additional plans were postponed due to liquidity  constraints that
negatively  impacted  the  Company's  ability  to  absorb  one-time  cash  costs
associated with desired cost-reduction efforts.

On May 24, 1999, the Company's  board of directors named John Nils Hanson as the
Company's  Chief  Executive  Officer and Robert B. Hoffman as Chairman.  Messrs.
Hanson and Hoffman  succeed  Jeffery T. Grade in these  positions.  In addition,
Francis M. Corby,  Jr. has resigned as  Executive  Vice  President,  Finance and
Administration  and Chief  Financial  Officer.  Messrs.  Grade  and  Corby  also
resigned  as  directors  of the  Company  as of May  24,  1999.  The  impact  of
agreements  related to these  management  changes will be reflected in the third
quarter operating results.
                            -----



                           PART II. OTHER INFORMATION


                          PART II. OTHER INFORMATION


Item 5       Other Information - "Cautionary Factors"

             This report and other documents or oral statements  which have been
             and will be prepared  or made in the future  contain or may contain
             forward-looking  statements  by or on behalf of the  Company.  Such
             statements  are based upon  management's  expectations  at the time
             they are made.  In addition to the  assumptions  and other  factors
             referred to specifically in connection  with such  statements,  the
             following  factors,  among  others,  could cause actual  results to
             differ materially from those contemplated.

             The  realization of anticipated  cost savings is subject to certain
             risks including,  among other things,  the risks that expected cost
             reductions  have  been  overestimated,  unexpected  costs  will  be
             incurred  and  anticipated  operating   efficiencies  will  not  be
             achieved.

             The   Company's    principal    businesses    involve    designing,
             manufacturing,  marketing and servicing large, complex machines for
             the mining and pulp and  papermaking  industries.  Long  periods of
             time are necessary to plan,  design and build these machines.  With
             respect to new machines and equipment,  there are risks of customer
             acceptances and start-up or performance problems.  Large amounts of
             capital are  required to be devoted by the  Company's  customers to
             purchase these machines and to finance the mines and pulp and paper
             mills that use these machines.  The Company's  success in obtaining
             and  managing a  relatively  small  number of sales  opportunities,
             including the Company's  success in securing payment for such sales
             and  meeting  the   requirements   of  warranties   and  guarantees
             associated  with such  sales,  can affect the  Company's  financial
             performance.  In addition, many projects are located in undeveloped
             or  developing   economies  where  business   conditions  are  less
             predictable.  In recent years, more than 50% of the Company's total
             sales occurred outside the United States.

             Other factors that could cause actual results to differ  materially
             from those contemplated include:

o                 Factors  affecting  customers'  purchases  of  new  equipment,
                  rebuilds,  parts and services  such as:  production  capacity,
                  stockpiles  and  production  and  consumption  rates  of coal,
                  copper, iron, gold, fiber,  paper/paperboard,  recycled paper,
                  steel and other commodities;  the cash flows of customers; the
                  cost and availability of financing to customers and quality of
                  financing to customers  and the ability of customers to obtain
                  regulatory  approval  for  investments  in mining and pulp and
                  papermaking  projects;  consolidations  among customers;  work
                  stoppages at customers or providers of transportation; and the
                  timing,  severity  and  duration  of customer  buying  cycles,
                  particularly in the pulp and paper and mining businesses.

o                 Factors  affecting the Company's  ability to capture available
                  sales opportunities,  including: customers' perceptions of the
                  quality  and value of the  Company's  products  as compared to
                  competitors'  products;  whether the  Company  has  successful
                  reference   installations   to  show   customers;   customers'
                  perceptions  of the health  and  stability  of the  Company as
                  compared to its competitors;  the Company's  ability to assist
                  with  competitive  financing  programs and the availability of
                  manufacturing capacity at the Company's factories.

o                 Factors affecting the Company's ability to successfully manage
                  sales it obtains,  such as: the accuracy of the Company's cost
                  and time  estimates  for major  projects;  the adequacy of the
                  Company's  systems to manage major projects and its success in
                  completing  projects on time and within budget;  the Company's
                  success  in  recruiting   and   retaining   managers  and  key
                  employees;  wage stability and  cooperative  labor  relations;
                  plant capacity and utilization;  and whether  acquisitions are
                  assimilated  and   divestitures   completed   without  notable
                  surprises or unexpected difficulties.

o                 Factors  affecting the Company's  general  business,  such as:
                  unforeseen  patent,  tax,  product,  environmental,   employee
                  health or benefit  or  contractual  liabilities;  nonrecurring
                  restructuring and other special charges; changes in accounting
                  or tax  rules  or  regulations;  and  reassessments  of  asset
                  valuations for such assets as receivables  inventories,  fixed
                  assets and intangible assets; and leverage and debt service.

o                 Factors affecting general business levels,  such as: political
                  turmoil  and  economic  turmoil in major  markets  such as the
                  United States, Canada, Europe, Asia and the Pacific Rim, South
                  Africa,   Australia   and  Chile;   environmental   and  trade
                  regulations; and the stability and ease of exchange of
                  currencies.

o                 Factors relating to the Company's Chapter 11 filing,  such as:
                  the  possible  disruption  of  relationships  with  creditors,
                  customers,   suppliers   and   employees;   the   ability   to
                  successfully  prepare,  have  approved and implement a plan of
                  reorganization;   and  the   availability   of  financing  and
                  refinancing.


Item 6       Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K

             (a)    Exhibits:
                    3          Bylaws of Harnischfeger Industries, Inc. dated
                               April 22, 1999

                    10 (a)      Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Guarranty
                                Agreement dated as of June 7, 1999 among
                                Harnischfeger Industries, Inc. as Borrower and
                                The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Administrative
                                Agent
                       (b)      Amendment to Supplemental Retirement and Stock
                                Funding Plan dated June 3, 1999
                       (c)      Termination and Release Agreement dated as of
                                May 24, 1999 by and between Harnischfeger, Inc.
                                and Jeffery T. Grade
                       (d)      Termination and Release Agreement dated as of
                                May 24, 1999 by and between Harnischfeger, Inc.
                                and Francis M. Corby, Jr.

                    11         Statement re:  Calculation of Earnings Per Share

             (b) Reports on Form 8-K June 7, 1999



FORM 10-Q




                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934,  the
Registrant  has duly  caused  this  report  to be  signed  on its  behalf by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

                         HARNISCHFEGER INDUSTRIES, INC.
                                  (Registrant)



                                              /s/   John Nils Hanson
                                              John Nils Hanson
                                              Vice Chairman, President and Chief
Date June 14, 1999                            Executive/Operating Officer


                                             /s/   James C. Benjamin
                                             James C. Benjamin
                                             Vice President and Controller
Date June 14, 1999                           and Chief Accounting Officer






                                     5/24/99
                                   B Y L A W S
                                       OF
                         HARNISCHFEGER INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                    ARTICLE I
                                     OFFICES

                  The initial  registered office of the corporation  required by
the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law shall be 100 West Tenth Street,  City of
Wilmington,  County of New  Castle,  State of  Delaware,  and the address of the
registered office may be changed from time to time by the Board of Directors.
                  The  principal  business  office of the  corporation  shall be
located in the City of St. Francis, County of Milwaukee, State of Wisconsin. The
corporation  may have such other offices,  either within or without the State of
Wisconsin,  as the Board of  Directors  may  designate or as the business of the
corporation may require from time to time.
                  The  registered  office  of the  corporation  required  by the
Wisconsin  Business  Corporation  Law may be,  but need not be,  the same as its
place of business in the State of Wisconsin,  and the address of the  registered
office may be changed from time to time by the Board of Directors.


                                   ARTICLE II
                                  STOCKHOLDERS

                  SECTION 1. Annual Meeting.  The annual meeting of stockholders
shall be held at a time and on a date in the  month of  February  designated  by
resolution  adopted  by the  Board of  Directors  for the  purpose  of  electing
directors and for the  transaction of such other business as may come before the
meeting. If the day fixed for the annual meeting shall be a legal holiday in the
state where the meeting is to be held,  such  meeting  shall be held on the next
succeeding  business day. If the election of directors  shall not be held on the
day  designated  herein for the annual  meeting of the  stockholders,  or at any
adjournment  thereof, the Board of Directors shall cause the election to be held
at a special meeting of the stockholders as soon thereafter as is convenient.

                  SECTION 2.  Special Meeting.  Special meetings of the
stockholders, for any purpose or
purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called by the Chief
Executive Officer or by the Board of Directors.

                  SECTION  3.  Place of  Meeting.  The  Board of  Directors  may
designate  any place,  either  within or without the State of  Delaware,  as the
place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting called by the
Board of  Directors.  If no  designation  is made,  or if a special  meeting  be
otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be the principal business office of
the corporation in the State of Wisconsin.

                  SECTION 4.  Notice of  Meeting.  Written  notice  stating  the
place,  day and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special  meeting,  the
purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less
than ten days nor more than sixty days  before the date of the  meeting,  either
personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the Chief Executive Officer, or
the  Secretary,  or  the  officer  or  persons  calling  the  meeting,  to  each
stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.  If mailed,  such notice
shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail,  addressed
to the stockholder at the stockholder's  address as it appears on the records of
the corporation,  with postage thereon prepaid. Any previously scheduled meeting
of  the  stockholders  may  be  postponed,   and  any  special  meeting  of  the
stockholders  may be cancelled,  by  resolution  of the Board of Directors  upon
public notice given prior to the date  previously  scheduled for such meeting of
stockholders.

                  SECTION  5.  Fixing  of  Record  Date.   For  the  purpose  of
determining  stockholders  entitled  to notice of or to vote at any  meeting  of
stockholders or any adjournment  thereof,  or entitled to receive payment of any
dividend,  or in order to make a  determination  of  stockholders  for any other
proper  purpose,  the Board of Directors of the corporation may fix in advance a
date as the record date for any such determination of stockholders, such date in
any  case  to be not  more  than  sixty  days  and,  in  case  of a  meeting  of
stockholders,  not less than ten days prior to the date on which the  particular
action,  requiring such  determination  of  stockholders,  is to be taken. If no
record date is fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of
or to vote at a meeting of  stockholders,  or  stockholders  entitled to receive
payment of a dividend, the close of business on the date next preceding the date
on which notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on which the  resolution of
the Board of Directors  declaring such dividend is adopted,  as the case may be,
shall  be the  record  date  for  such  determination  of  stockholders.  When a
determination  of  stockholders  entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders
has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any
adjournment thereof;  provided,  however,  that the Board of Directors may fix a
new record date for the adjourned meeting.

                  SECTION 6. Voting Lists. The officer or agent having charge of
the stock ledger of the  corporation  shall make,  at least ten days before each
meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at
such meeting, or any adjournment  thereof,  arranged in alphabetical order, with
the address of and the number of shares held by each;  which list,  for a period
of ten days prior to such meeting,  shall be kept at the place where the meeting
is to be held,  or at another  place  within the city where the meeting is to be
held, which other place shall be specified in the notice of meeting and the list
shall be subject to inspection by any stockholder for any purpose germane to the
meeting,  at any time  during  usual  business  hours.  Such list  shall also be
produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject
to the inspection of any stockholder  during the whole time of the meeting.  The
original  stock  ledger  shall  be  prima  facie  evidence  as to  who  are  the
stockholders  entitled to examine  such list or ledger or to vote at any meeting
of  stockholders.  Failure to comply with the  requirements of this section will
not affect the validity of any action taken at such meeting.

                  SECTION 7. Quorum.  A majority of the shares entitled to vote,
represented  in person or by proxy,  shall  constitute  a quorum at a meeting of
stockholders.  If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of a majority of the
shares  represented  at the meeting and  entitled to vote on the subject  matter
shall be the act of the  stockholders,  unless  the vote of a greater  number or
voting by classes is required by Delaware law, the Articles of Incorporation, or
these Bylaws. If less than a majority of the outstanding  shares are represented
at a meeting,  a majority of the shares so  represented  may adjourn the meeting
from time to time without further notice. Any stockholders'  meeting,  annual or
special,  whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned from time to time
by the Chairman of the meeting without further notice. At such adjourned meeting
at  which a  quorum  shall  be  present  or  represented,  any  business  may be
transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.

                  SECTION  8.  Proxies.  At  all  meetings  of  stockholders,  a
stockholder  may vote by proxy executed in writing by the  stockholder or by the
stockholder's  duly authorized  attorney in fact. Such proxy shall be filed with
the Secretary of the corporation before or at the time of the meeting.  No proxy
shall  be valid  after  three  years  from  the  date of its  execution,  unless
otherwise provided in the proxy.

                  SECTION  9.  Voting  of  Shares.   Each   outstanding   share,
regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a
vote at a meeting of  stockholders,  except to the extent that the voting rights
of any class or  classes  are  enlarged,  limited or denied by the  Articles  of
Incorporation or in the manner therein provided.

                  SECTION  10.  Voting  of Shares by  Certain  Holders.  Neither
treasury shares nor shares of the corporation held by another corporation,  if a
majority of the shares  entitled to vote in the  election of  directors  of such
other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the corporation,  shall be
entitled to vote or to be counted for quorum purposes. Nothing in this paragraph
shall be  construed  as limiting  the right of the  corporation  to vote its own
stock held by it in a fiduciary capacity.

                  Shares standing in the name of another  corporation,  domestic
or foreign,  may be voted in the name of such  corporation  by its  President or
such other  officer  as the  President  may  appoint  or  pursuant  to any proxy
executed in the name of such  corporation by its President or such other officer
as the President may appoint in the absence of express written notice filed with
the Secretary that such President or other officer has no authority to vote such
shares.
                  Shares   held  by  an   administrator,   executor,   guardian,
conservator,  trustee in  bankruptcy,  receiver or assignee for creditors may be
voted  by  such  administrator,  executor,  guardian,  conservator,  trustee  in
bankruptcy,  receiver or assignee for  creditors,  either in person or by proxy,
without a transfer of such shares into the name of such administrator, executor,
guardian,   conservator,   trustee  in  bankruptcy,  receiver  or  assignee  for
creditors.  Shares  standing  in the  name of a  fiduciary  may be voted by such
fiduciary, either in person or by proxy.
                  A  stockholder  whose shares are pledged  shall be entitled to
vote such  shares  unless in the  transfer  by the  pledgor  on the books of the
corporation the pledgor has expressly  empowered the pledgee to vote thereon, in
which case only the pledgee,  or the pledgee's  proxy,  may represent such stock
and vote thereon.

                  SECTION  11.   Stockholder   Proposals.   No  proposal  for  a
stockholder vote shall be submitted by a stockholder (a "Stockholder  Proposal")
to  the  corporation's  stockholders  unless  the  stockholder  submitting  such
proposal (the "Proponent")  shall have filed a written notice setting forth with
particularity  (i) the names and  business  addresses of the  Proponent  and all
Persons  acting in concert with the  Proponent  (ii) the name and address of the
Proponent  and the  Persons  identified  in clause  (i),  as they  appear on the
corporation's books (if they so appear), (iii) the class and number of shares of
the corporation  beneficially  owned by the Proponent and the Persons identified
in clause (i); (iv) a description  of the  Stockholder  Proposal  containing all
material  information  relating  thereto;  and (v) whether the  Proponent or any
Person  identified  in clause (i) intends to solicit  proxies  from holders of a
majority  of  shares  of the  corporation  entitled  to vote on the  Stockholder
Proposal. The Proponent shall also submit such other information as the Board of
Directors reasonably  determines is necessary or appropriate to enable the Board
of Directors and stockholders to consider the Stockholder  Proposal.  As used in
this  Section,  the term  "Person"  means  any  individual,  partnership,  firm,
corporation, association, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity.
                  The  presiding  officer  at  any  stockholders'   meeting  may
determine  that any  Stockholder  Proposal was not made in  accordance  with the
procedures  prescribed in these Bylaws or is otherwise  not in  accordance  with
law, and if it is so  determined,  such officer  shall so declare at the meeting
and the Stockholder Proposal shall be disregarded.

                  The notice  required by these  Bylaws to be  delivered  by the
Proponent shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal  executive office
of the  corporation  (i) not less than ninety (90) days before nor more than one
hundred twenty (120) days before the first  anniversary of the preceding date of
the previous year's annual meeting of stockholders if such Stockholder  Proposal
is to be submitted at an annual stockholders'  meeting (provided,  however, that
in the event that the date of the annual  meeting is more than  thirty (30) days
before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary  date,  notice by the
stockholder  to be timely must be so  delivered  not  earlier  than the close of
business on the one hundred  twentieth  (120th) day prior to such annual meeting
and not later than the close of  business on the later of the  ninetieth  (90th)
day prior to such annual  meeting or the tenth (10th) day  following  the day on
which public  announcement  of the date of such annual  meeting is first made by
the  corporation)  and (ii) no later than the close of business on the fifteenth
(15th) day following the day on which notice of the date of a special meeting of
stockholders  was given if the  Stockholder  Proposal  is to be  submitted  at a
special stockholders'  meeting (provided,  however, if notice of the date of the
special meeting of stockholders  was given less than twenty (20) days before the
date of the special meeting of stockholders, the notice required by these Bylaws
to be given by the  Proponent  shall be  delivered  no later  than the  close of
business on the fifth (5th) day following the day on which notice of the special
stockholder's  meeting was given). In no event shall the public  announcement of
an adjournment of an annual or special meeting commence a new time period forthe
giving of a stockholder's notice as described above.

                  SECTION 12.  Inspectors  of Election;  Opening and Closing the
Polls.  The  Board  of  Directors  by  resolution  shall  appoint  one  or  more
inspectors,  which inspector or inspectors may include individuals who serve the
corporation in other  capacities,  including  without  limitation,  as officers,
employees, agents or representatives, to act at the meetings of stockholders and
make a  written  report  thereof.  One or  more  persons  may be  designated  as
alternate  inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector
or  alternate  has  been  appointed  to act or is  able to act at a  meeting  of
stockholders,  the Chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more  inspectors
to act at the meeting.  Each  inspector,  before  discharging his or her duties,
shall take and sign an oath  faithfully to execute the duties of inspector  with
strict  impartiality  and  according  to the  best  of his or her  ability.  The
inspector shall have the duties prescribed by law.
                  The  Chairman  of the  meeting  shall fix and  announce at the
meeting  the date and time of the  opening  and  closing  of the  polls for each
matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting.

                  SECTION 13. Stockholder  Consent  Procedures.  (a) Record Date
for Action by Written  Consent.  In order that the corporation may determine the
stockholders  entitled  to consent  to  corporate  action in  writing  without a
meeting,  the Board of Directors may fix a record date,  which record date shall
not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted
by the Board of  Directors,  and which date shall not be more than 10 days after
the date upon which the  resolution  fixing  the  record  date is adopted by the
Board of Directors.  Any stockholder of record seeking to have the  stockholders
authorize or take corporate  action by written  consent shall, by written notice
to the Secretary, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date. The Board
of Directors shall promptly,  but in all events within 10 days after the date on
which such a request is received,  adopt a resolution fixing the record date. If
no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors within 10 days after the
date on which  such a request  is  received,  the  record  date for  determining
stockholders  entitled  to consent  to  corporate  action in  writing  without a
meeting,  when no  prior  action  by the  Board  of  Directors  is  required  by
applicable  law,  shall be the  first  date on which a  signed  written  consent
setting  forth the action  taken or  proposed  to be taken is  delivered  to the
corporation  by delivery to its  registered  office in Delaware,  its  principal
place of business or to any officer or agent of the  corporation  having custody
of the book in which  proceedings  of meetings  of  stockholders  are  recorded.
Delivery  made to the  corporation's  registered  office  shall be by hand or by
certified or registered mail,  return receipt  requested.  If no record date has
been fixed by the Board of Directors  and prior action by the Board of Directors
is required by  applicable  law,  the record date for  determining  stockholders
entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at
the close of  business  on the date on which the Board of  Directors  adopts the
resolution taking such prior action.
                  (b)  Inspectors  of  Written  Consent.  In  the  event  of the
delivery,  in the manner  provided by Section 13(a),  to the  corporation of the
requisite  written  consent or  consents  to take  corporate  action  and/or any
related  revocation or  revocations,  the  corporation  shall engage  nationally
recognized  independent  inspectors  of  elections  for the  purpose of promptly
performing a ministerial review of the validity of the consents and revocations.
For the purpose of permitting the  inspectors to perform such review,  no action
by written  consent  without a meeting shall be effective until such date as the
independent inspectors certify to the corporation that the consents delivered to
the  corporation in accordance with Section 13(a) represent at least the minimum
number of votes that would be necessary to take the  corporate  action.  Nothing
contained  in this  paragraph  shall in any way be construed to suggest or imply
that the Board of Directors or any stockholder shall not be entitled to test the
validity  of any consent or  revocation  thereof,  whether  before or after such
certification  by the  independent  inspectors,  or to  take  any  other  action
(including, without limitation, the commencement,  prosecution or defense of any
litigation with respect  thereto,  and the seeking of injunctive  relief in such
litigation).
                  (c)  Effectiveness of Written  Consent.  Every written consent
shall  bear the  signature  of each  stockholder  who signs the  consent  and no
written  consent  shall be effective to take the  corporate  action  referred to
therein  unless,  within 60 days of the date the earliest dated written  consent
was received in accordance  with Section  13(a),  a written  consent or consents
signed by a  sufficient  number of holders to take such action are  delivered to
the Corporation in the manner prescribed in Section 13(a).

                                   ARTICLE III
                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

                  SECTION 1.  General Powers.  The business and affairs of the
corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors.

                  SECTION 2. Number.  Tenure and  Qualifications.  The number of
directors  of the  corporation  shall be  eleven.  Two of the three  classes  of
Directors  established by the corporation's  Certificate of Incorporation  shall
consist of four members and the third class shall consist of three members. Each
director  shall  hold  office  for  the  term  provided  in the  Certificate  of
Incorporation  and until such  director's  successor shall have been elected and
qualified,  or until such director's  earlier death or resignation.  No director
shall be or be deemed to be removed from office prior to the  expiration of such
director's  term in office by virtue of a reduction in the number of  directors.
Directors need not be residents of the State of Delaware or  stockholders of the
corporation.
                  SECTION 3. Annual Meetings.  An annual meeting of the Board of
Directors shall be held without other notice than this Bylaw immediately  after,
and at the same place as, the Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

                  SECTION 4. Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the Board of
Directors  may  be  called  by or at the  request  of the  Chairman  or any  two
directors.  The person or persons  authorized  to call  special  meetings of the
Board of  Directors  may fix any place,  either  within or without  the State of
Delaware, as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors
called by them.

                  SECTION 5.  Notice.  Notice of any  special  meeting  shall be
given at least 48 hours previous thereto by written notice delivered  personally
or mailed to each director at such director's  business address, or by telegram.
If mailed,  such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United
States mail so addressed,  with postage thereon  prepaid.  If notice be given by
telegram, such notice shall be deemed to be given when the telegram is delivered
to the  telegraph  company.  Any director  may waive notice of any meeting.  The
attendance  of a director at a meeting  shall  constitute  a waiver of notice of
such meeting,  except where a director  attends a meeting and objects thereat to
the transaction of any business because of the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened.  Neither  the  business to be  transacted  at, nor the purpose of, any
regular or special  meeting of the Board of  Directors  need be specified in the
notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

                  SECTION 6. Quorum. A majority of the number of directors fixed
by Section 2 of this Article III shall  constitute a quorum for the  transaction
of  business  at any  meeting of the Board of  Directors,  but if less than such
majority  is present  at a meeting,  a majority  of the  directors  present  may
adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.

                  SECTION 7.  Manner of Acting.  The act of the majority of the
directors present at a meeting at
which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

                  SECTION 8. Nomination of Directors;  Vacancies. Candidates for
director shall be nominated  either (i) by the Board of Directors or a committee
appointed by the Board of Directors or (ii) by nomination  at any  stockholders'
meeting  by or on behalf of any  stockholder  entitled  to vote at such  meeting
provided  that  written  notice  of  such  stockholder's  intent  to  make  such
nomination  or  nominations  has been given,  either by personal  delivery or by
United States mail,  postage  prepaid,  to the secretary of the  corporation not
later than (1) with  respect to an election  to be held at an annual  meeting of
stockholders,  ninety (90) days in advance of such meeting, and (2) with respect
to an election to be held at a special meeting of stockholders  for the election
of  directors,  the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the date
on which notice of such meeting is first given to stockholders. Each such notice
shall set forth: (a) the name and address of the stockholder who intends to make
the  nomination   and  of  the  person  or  persons  to  be  nominated;   (b)  a
representation  that the  stockholder  is a  holder  of  record  of stock of the
corporation  entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or
by proxy at the  meeting to  nominate  the person or  persons  specified  in the
notice;  (c) a description of all  arrangements  or  understandings  between the
stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person
or persons)  pursuant to which the nomination or  nominations  are to be made by
the stockholder;  (d) such other information  regarding each nominee proposed by
such  stockholder as would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed
pursuant to the proxy rules of the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission had the
nominee been nominated,  or intended to be nominated, by the Board of Directors;
and (e) the consent of each nominee to serve as a director of the corporation if
so elected.  The presiding  officer of the meeting may refuse to acknowledge the
nomination of any person not made in compliance with the foregoing procedure.
         Any vacancy  occurring in the Board of  Directors,  including a vacancy
created  by an  increase  in the  number of  directors,  may be  filled  for the
remainder of the  unexpired  term by the  affirmative  vote of a majority of the
directors then in office although less than a quorum.

                 SECTION 9. Action by  Directors  Without a Meeting.  Any action
required to be taken at a meeting of  directors,  or at a meeting of a committee
of directors,  or any other action which may be taken at a meeting, may be taken
without a meeting  if a consent  in  writing  setting  forth the action so taken
shall be signed by all of the  directors  or  members of the  committee  thereof
entitled to vote with  respect to the subject  matter  thereof and such  consent
shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote.

                  SECTION 10.  Participation in a Meeting by Telephone.  Members
of the Board of Directors or any  committee of directors  may  participate  in a
meeting of such Board or committee by means of  conference  telephone or similar
communication  equipment  by means of which  all  persons  participating  in the
meeting can hear each other,  and  participating  in a meeting  pursuant to this
section 10 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

                  SECTION 11. Compensation.  The Board of Directors, by majority
vote of the directors then in office and  irrespective of any personal  interest
of any of its members, shall have authority to establish reasonable compensation
of all  directors  for services to the  corporation  as  directors,  officers or
otherwise, or to delegate such authority to an appropriate committee.  The Board
of  Directors  also shall have  authority  to provide for  reasonable  pensions,
disability  or death  benefits,  and other  benefits or payments,  to directors,
officers  and  employees  and  to  their  estates,   families,   dependents  and
beneficiaries on account of prior services rendered by such directors,  officers
and  employees  to the  corporation.  The Board of  Directors  may be paid their
expenses, if any, of attendance at each such meeting of the Board.

                  SECTION  12.   Presumption  of  Assent.   A  director  of  the
corporation  who is  present  at a meeting  of the Board of  Directors  at which
action on any  corporate  matter is taken shall be presumed to have  assented to
the action taken unless such director's dissent is entered in the minutes of the
meeting or unless such director files a written  dissent to such action with the
person acting as the Secretary of the meeting before the adjournment  thereof or
forwards  such dissent by registered  mail to the  Secretary of the  corporation
immediately  after the  adjournment of the meeting.  Such right to dissent shall
not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.

                SECTION  13.  Validity  of  Contracts.   No  contract  or  other
transaction entered into by the corporation shall be affected by the fact that a
director or officer of the  corporation is in any way interested in or connected
with any party to such contract or  transaction,  or is a party to such contract
or  transaction,  even though in the case of a director the vote of the director
having such  interest or  connection  shall have been  necessary to obligate the
corporation upon such contract or transaction;  provided,  however,  that in any
such case (i) the material  facts of such interest are known or disclosed to the
directors or  stockholders  and the contract or  transaction  is  authorized  or
approved in good faith by the  stockholders  or by the Board of  Directors  or a
committee   thereof  through  the   affirmative   vote  of  a  majority  of  the
disinterested  directors  (even  though not a quorum),  or (ii) the  contract or
transaction is fair to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved
or ratified by the stockholders, or by the Board of Directors, or by a committee
thereof.

                  SECTION 14. Indemnification and Insurance. Each person who was
or is made a party or is  threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any
action, suit,  arbitration,  mediation or proceeding,  whether civil,  criminal,
administrative  or  investigative,  whether  domestic or foreign  (hereinafter a
"proceeding"),  by reason of the fact that he or she,  or a person of whom he or
she  is the  legal  representative,  is or  was a  director  or  officer  of the
corporation  or is or  was  serving  at the  request  of  the  corporation  as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership,
joint  venture,  trust or other  enterprise,  including  service with respect to
employee  benefit plans,  whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action
or inaction in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or
in any other capacity while serving as a director,  officer,  employee or agent,
shall be indemnified  and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent
not prohibited by the General  Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,  as the
same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment,
with respect to alleged action or inaction  occurring  prior to such  amendment,
only to the  extent  that such  amendment  permits  the  corporation  to provide
broader  indemnification  rights  than said law  permitted  the  corporation  to
provide  prior to such  amendment),  against  all  expense,  liability  and loss
(including without limitation  attorneys' fees and expenses,  judgments,  fines,
ERISA excise taxes or  penalties  and amounts paid or to be paid in  settlement)
reasonably  incurred or suffered by such person in  connection  therewith.  Such
indemnification  as to such alleged  action or inaction  shall  continue as to a
person who has ceased  after such  alleged  action or inaction to be a director,
officer,  employee  or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs,
executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in the
following  paragraph,  the  corporation  shall indemnify any such person seeking
indemnification  in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof)  initiated by
such person only if such  proceeding  (or part  thereof) was  authorized  by the
Board unless such proceeding (or part thereof) is a counter claim,  cross-claim,
third party claim or appeal brought by such person in any proceeding.  The right
to indemnification conferred in this Section shall be a contract right and shall
include  the  right  to be paid by the  corporation  the  expenses  incurred  in
defending  any such  proceeding in advance of its final  disposition;  provided,
however, that, if the General Corporation law of the State of Delaware requires,
the  payment of such  expenses  incurred  by a director or officer in his or her
capacity  as a  director  or  officer  (and not in any other  capacity  in which
service  was or is  rendered  by  such  person  while  a  director  or  officer,
including,  without limitation,  service to an employee benefit plan) in advance
of the final  disposition  of a proceeding,  shall be made only upon delivery to
the corporation of an undertaking,  by or on behalf of such director or officer,
to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall  ultimately  be determined by final
judicial  decision  from which there is no further  appeal that such director or
officer is not entitled to be  indemnified  for such expenses under this Section
or  otherwise.   The   corporation   may,  by  action  of  the  Board,   provide
indemnification  to an  employee or agent of the  corporation  or to a director,
trustee,  officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership,
joint venture,  trust or other  enterprise of which the  corporation  owns fifty
percent or more with the same scope and effect as the foregoing  indemnification
of directors and officers or such lesser scope and effect as shall be determined
by action of the Board.

         If a claim  under the  preceding  paragraph  is not paid in full by the
corporation  within  thirty days after a written  claim has been received by the
corporation,  the  claimant  may at any time  thereafter  bring suit against the
corporation  to recover  the unpaid  amount of the claim and, if  successful  in
whole or in part in any such claim or suit, or in a claim or suit brought by the
corporation  to recover an advancement  of expenses  under this  paragraph,  the
claimant  shall be  entitled  to be paid  also the  expense  of  prosecuting  or
defending  any such  claim or suit.  It shall be a  defense  to any such  action
(other  than an action  brought  to  enforce a claim for  expenses  incurred  in
defending any proceeding in advance of its final  disposition where the required
undertaking,  if any is required, has been tendered to the corporation) that the
claimant  has  not  met  the  applicable  standard  of  conduct  which  make  it
permissible  under the General  Corporation Law of the State of Delaware for the
corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed,  but the burden of
proving such  defense  shall be on the  corporation.  Neither the failure of the
corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its
stockholders)  to have made a  determination  prior to the  commencement of such
action  that  indemnification  of the  claimant  is proper in the  circumstances
because he or she has met the  applicable  standard  of conduct set forth in the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, nor an actual determination by
the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or
its  stockholders)  that the  claimant has not met such  applicable  standard of
conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, shall
be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met
the  applicable  standard  of  conduct.  In any suit  brought by such  person to
enforce a right to indemnification  or to an advancement of expenses  hereunder,
or by the  corporation  to recover an  advancement  of expenses  hereunder,  the
burden of proving that such person is not entitled to be indemnified, or to have
or retain such advancement of expenses, shall be on the corporation.
         The right to  indemnification  and the payment of expenses  incurred in
defending a  proceeding  in advance of its final  disposition  conferred in this
Section  shall not be  exclusive of any other right which any person may have or
hereafter   acquire  under  any  statute,   provision  of  the   Certificate  of
Incorporation,   By-law,   agreement,  vote  of  stockholders  or  disinterested
directors or otherwise.

         The  corporation  may maintain  insurance,  at its expense,  to protect
itself  and any  director,  officer,  employee  or agent of the  corporation  or
another  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust or other  enterprise
against any such  expense,  liability  or loss,  whether or not the  corporation
would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or
loss under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
         In the event that any of the  provisions  of this Section 14 (including
any provision within a single section, paragraph or sentence) is held by a court
of competent  jurisdiction to be invalid, void or otherwise  unenforceable,  the
remaining  provisions  are  severable and shall remain  enforceable  to the full
extent permitted by law.

                  SECTION 15.  Committees of  Directors.  The Board of Directors
may, by  resolution  passed by a majority of the whole Board,  designate  one or
more  committees,  each  committee to consist of one or more of the directors of
the  corporation.  The Board may  designate  one or more  directors as alternate
committee  members,  who may  replace any absent or  disqualified  member at any
committee meeting. In the absence or disqualification of a committee member, the
member or members  present at any  meeting  and not  disqualified  from  voting,
whether such member or members  constitute  a quorum,  may  unanimously  appoint
another  director to act at the  meeting in place of the absent or  disqualified
member.  Any such  committee  shall  have and may  exercise  all the  powers and
authority  of the Board of  Directors  in the  management  of the  business  and
affairs of the corporation,  and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be
affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the
power or authority in reference  to amending the  Certificate  of  Incorporation
(except  that a committee  may, to the extent  authorized  in the  resolution(s)
providing for the issuance of shares of stock  adopted by the Board,  fix any of
the  preferences  or rights of such shares  relating to  dividends,  redemption,
dissolution,  any  distribution  of assets of the  corporation or the conversion
into,  or the exchange of such shares for,  shares of any other class or classes
or any other  series of the same or any other  class or  classes of stock of the
corporation), adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation,  recommending to
the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially  all of the
corporation's   property  and  assets,   recommending  to  the   stockholders  a
dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the
Bylaws of the corporation;  and, unless the resolution expressly so provides, no
such  committee  shall have the power or  authority  to declare a dividend or to
authorize  the issuance of stock,  or to adopt a  certificate  of ownership  and
merger.

                 SECTION  16.  Special  Meetings  of  Non-Management  Directors.
Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained in these Bylaws,  a special
meeting  between all  stockholders  of the  corporation  and the  non-management
members  of the Board of  Directors  may be  called at any time by  stockholders
holding,  of record or benefically,  not less than one-quarter of all the shares
unconditionally  entitled to vote in elections of  directors.  Stockholders  may
request a meeting by delivering a request to the Corporate  Governance Committee
of the Board of Directors  setting forth in writing with  particularity  (i) the
names and  addresses  of the  stockholders  requesting  the meeting and of their
respective representatives; (ii) a representation and evidence of ownership from
each such  stockholder  regarding the class and number of shares of stock of the
corporation  owned by each  such  stockholder;  and (iii) a  description  of the
business  purpose of the meeting  containing all material  information  relating
thereto.  Such  stockholders  shall also  submit such other  information  as the
Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors may reasonably request,
including,  without limitation,  additional evidence of ownership. The Corporate
Governance  Committee of the Board of  Directors  shall be entitled to establish
reasonable procedures relating to the conduct of such meeting including, without
limitation, the day, time and place of such meeting and who shall be entitled to
attend such meeting in addition to the stockholders and  non-management  members
of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Corporate Governance Committee of
the Board of  Directors  shall serve as chairman of the  meeting.  Such  meeting
shall be held at the expense of the  corporation  within 45 days after the later
of the receipt of the request therefor by the Corporate  Governance Committee or
the receipt of any  information  reasonably  requested by such  committee as set
forth above.  The directors at any such meeting may, by  resolution  passed by a
majority  of  such  directors,  make  recommendations  to the  entire  Board  of
Directors. No meeting called pursuant to this Section 16 shall be required to be
held at any time within six months of any other meeting called  pursuant to this
Section  16 or  within  three  months  of  any  annual  or  special  meeting  of
stockholders.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                    OFFICERS


                  SECTION 1. Number.  The officers of the corporation shall be a
Chairman  of the Board (who must be a member of the Board of  Directors  and who
may be a current  or former  employee  of the  corporation),  a Chief  Executive
Officer,  a President,  one or more Vice  Presidents  (the number  thereof to be
determined  by  the  Board  of  Directors),  a  Secretary,  a  Treasurer  and  a
Controller,  each of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors.  The Board
of  Directors  may also elect a Vice  Chairman of the Board,  a Chief  Operating
Officer and one or more Group  Presidents  and may  designate one or more of the
Vice  Presidents as Executive Vice  Presidents or Senior Vice  Presidents.  Such
other officers and assistant  officers and agents as may be deemed necessary may
be elected or appointed by the Board of  Directors.  Any two or more offices may
be held by the same person,  except the offices of President and Secretary,  and
the offices of President and Vice President.  The Corporate Governance Committee
of the Board of Directors  shall consider at least  annually  whether or not the
Chairman of the Board  should be a past or present  employee of the  corporation
and shall make a  recommendation  to the Board of Directors  based thereon.  The
Chairman of the Corporate  Governance  Committee  will be the lead member of the
non-management  directors  for  purposes of  executive  sessions of the Board of
Directors  when  management  is not  present  and for  directing  communications
between non-management directors and stockholders, including with respect to the
matters  set forth in Article  XIII  hereof and for such other  purposes  as the
Board of Directors may determine.

                  SECTION 2.  Election  and Term of Office.  The officers of the
corporation  shall be elected  annually by the Board of  Directors  at the first
meeting  of the  Board of  Directors  held  after  each  annual  meeting  of the
stockholders.  If the  election of officers  shall not be held at such  meeting,
such election shall be held as soon thereafter as convenient. Each officer shall
hold office until such officer's successor shall have been duly elected or until
such  officer's  death or until  such  officer  shall  resign or shall have been
removed in the manner hereinafter provided.

                  SECTION 3. Removal.  Any officer or agent elected or appointed
by the Board of Directors  may be removed by the Board of Directors  whenever in
its judgment the best interests of the corporation would be served thereby,  but
such removal shall be without  prejudice to the contract rights,  if any, of the
person so removed.  Election or appointment  shall not of itself create contract
rights.

                  SECTION 4.  Vacancies.  A vacancy in any office because of
death, resignation, removal,
disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the Board of Directors for the
unexpired portion of the term.

                  SECTION 5.  Chairman of the Board.  The  Chairman of the Board
shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and stockholders.

                  SECTION 6. Vice  Chairman of the Board.  The Vice  Chairman of
the  Board  shall  preside  at  all  meetings  of the  Board  of  Directors  and
stockholders in the absence of the Chairman of the Board.


                  SECTION  7.  Chief  Executive  Officer.  The  Chief  Executive
Officer shall be the principal executive officer of the corporation and, subject
to the control of the Board of Directors, shall supervise and control all of the
business and affairs of the  corporation,  and establish  current and long-range
objectives,   plans  and  policies.  The  Chief  Executive  Officer  shall  have
authority, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors,
to appoint such agents and employees of the  corporation as the Chief  Executive
Officer  shall  deem   necessary,   to  prescribe   their  powers,   duties  and
compensation, and to delegate authority to them. Such agents and employees shall
hold  office  at the  discretion  of the  Chief  Executive  Officer.  The  Chief
Executive  Officer shall have  authority to sign,  execute and  acknowledge,  on
behalf of the corporation,  all deeds,  mortgages,  bonds,  stock  certificates,
contracts,  leases,  reports and all other documents or instruments necessary or
proper to be executed  in the course of the  corporation's  regular  business or
which shall be authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors;  and,  except
as  otherwise  provided by law or the Board of  Directors,  the Chief  Executive
Officer may authorize the President,  an Executive Vice  President,  Senior Vice
President,  or other officer or agent of the  corporation  to sign,  execute and
acknowledge such documents or instruments in the Chief Executive Officer's place
and stead.  In general,  the Chief  Executive  Officer  shall perform all duties
incident to the office of Chief  Executive  Officer and such other duties as may
be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time. In the absence of the
Chairman of the Board and,  if any,  the Vice  Chairman of the Board,  the Chief
Executive  Officer  shall,  when  present,   preside  at  all  meetings  of  the
stockholders and the Board of Directors.

                  SECTION 8. President.  The President shall direct,  administer
and coordinate the  activities of the  corporation in accordance  with policies,
goals and objectives established by the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of
Directors.  The President shall also assist the Chief  Executive  Officer in the
development of corporate policies and goals. In the absence of both the Chairman
of the Board,  the Vice Chairman of the Board,  if any, and the Chief  Executive
Officer,  the  President  shall,  when  present,  preside at all meetings of the
stockholders and the Board of Directors.


                  SECTION 9. The Chief Operating  Officer,  Group Presidents and
the Vice  Presidents.  In the  absence of the  President  or in the event of the
President's death, inability or refusal to act, the Chief Operating Officer, the
Group  Presidents and the Executive Vice  Presidents in the order  designated at
the time of their election,  or, in the absence of any designation,  then in the
order of their  election (or in the event there be no Chief  Operating  Officer,
Group  Presidents or Executive Vice  Presidents or they are incapable of acting,
the  Senior  Vice  Presidents  in the  order  designated  at the  time of  their
election,  or, in the  absence  of any  designation,  then in the order of their
election)  shall perform the duties of the  President,  and when so acting shall
have  all  the  powers  of and be  subject  to all  the  restrictions  upon  the
President. The Board of Directors may designate certain Vice Presidents as being
in charge of designated  divisions,  plants,  or functions of the  corporation's
business and add  appropriate  description to their title.  Any Chief  Operating
Officer,  Group  President or Vice President may sign,  with the Secretary or an
Assistant  Secretary,  certificates  for  shares of the  corporation;  and shall
perform  such other  duties as from time to time may be  assigned  to such Chief
Operating  Officer,  Group  President or Vice  President by the Chief  Executive
Officer or by the Board of Directors.

                  SECTION 10. The Secretary.  The Secretary  shall: (a) keep the
minutes of the stockholders'  and of the Board of Directors'  meetings in one or
more books provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in
accordance  with the  provisions  of these  Bylaws or as required by law; (c) be
custodian of the corporate  records and of the seal of the  corporation  and see
that the seal of the  corporation is affixed to all documents,  the execution of
which on behalf of the corporation  under its seal is duly authorized;  (d) keep
or cause to be kept a register  of the post office  address of each  stockholder
which shall be furnished to the Secretary by such stockholder; (e) sign with the
Chief Executive  Officer,  President,  or any Vice President,  certificates  for
shares of the  corporation,  the issuance of which shall have been authorized by
resolution  of the  Board of  Directors;  (f) have  general  charge of the stock
transfer  books of the  corporation;  and (g) in  general,  perform  all  duties
incident to the office of  Secretary  and such other duties as from time to time
may be assigned to the Secretary by the Chief Executive  Officer or by the Board
of Directors.
                  SECTION 11. The Treasurer. The Treasurer shall give a bond for
the  faithful  discharge  of the  Treasurer's  duties  in such sum and with such
surety or sureties as the Board of  Directors  shall  determine.  The  Treasurer
shall:  (a) have  charge  and  custody of and be  responsible  for all funds and
securities  of the  corporation;  receive and give  receipts  for monies due and
payable to the  corporation  from any source  whatsoever,  and  deposit all such
monies in the name of the  corporation in such banks,  trust  companies or other
depositories  as shall be selected in accordance  with the provisions of Article
VI of these Bylaws;  and (b) in general,  perform all of the duties  incident to
the  office  of  Treasurer  and such  other  duties  as from time to time may be
assigned  to the  Treasurer  by the Chief  Executive  Officer or by the Board of
Directors.
                  SECTION 12. The Controller. The Controller shall: (a) keep, or
cause to be kept,  correct and complete books and records of account,  including
full and accurate  accounts of receipts and  disbursements in books belonging to
the corporation;  and (b) in general,  perform all duties incident to the office
of Controller  and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to the
Controller by the Chief Executive Officer or by the Board of Directors.


                  SECTION 13.  Assistant  Secretaries and Assistant  Treasurers.
The Assistant  Secretaries  may sign with the President,  or any Vice President,
certificates  for shares of the  corporation,  the  issuance of which shall have
been authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors.  Assistant Treasurers
shall respectively give bonds for the faithful discharge of their duties in such
sums and with such  sureties  as the Board of  Directors  shall  determine.  The
Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers,  in general,  shall perform such
duties  as  shall  be  assigned  to  them  by the  Secretary  or the  Treasurer,
respectively, or by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.
                  SECTION 14.  Salaries.  The salaries of the officers  shall be
fixed  from  time to time by the  Board of  Directors  and no  officer  shall be
prevented  from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that such officer is
also a director of the corporation.

                                    ARTICLE V
                              APPOINTED EXECUTIVES

                  SECTION 1. Vice  Presidents.  The Chief Executive  Officer may
appoint,  from time to time, as the Chief Executive Officer may see fit, and fix
the  compensation of, one or more Vice Presidents whose title will include words
describing the function of such Vice President's office and the group,  division
or other unit of the Company in which such Vice  President's  office is located.
Each of such appointed Vice Presidents  shall hold office during the pleasure of
the Chief  Executive  Officer,  shall perform such duties as the Chief Executive
Officer may assign,  and shall  exercise  the  authority  set forth in the Chief
Executive Officer's letter appointing such Vice President.
                  SECTION  2.  Assistants.   The  Chief  Executive  Officer  may
appoint,  from time to time, as the Chief Executive Officer may see fit, and fix
the  compensation  of,  one or  more  Assistants  to the  Chairman,  one or more
Assistants to the President,  and one or more Assistants to the Vice Presidents,
each of whom  shall  hold  office  during the  pleasure  of the Chief  Executive
Officer,  and shall  perform  such  duties as the Chief  Executive  Officer  may
assign.


                                   ARTICLE VI
                      CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS


                  SECTION 1. Contracts. The Board of Directors may authorize any
officer or officers,  agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and
deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and such
authority may be general or confined to specific instances.
                  SECTION 2.  Loans.  No loans shall be contracted on behalf of
the corporation and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name
unless authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors.  Such
authority may be general or confined to specific instances.
                  SECTION 3. Checks,  Drafts,  etc. All checks,  drafts or other
orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued
in the name of the  corporation,  shall be signed by such  officer or  officers,
agent or agents,  of the  corporation  and in such  manner as shall from time to
time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.
                  SECTION  4.  Deposits.   All  funds  of  the  corporation  not
otherwise  employed  shall be  deposited  from time to time to the credit of the
corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board of
Directors may select.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                    CERTIFICATE FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER


                  SECTION 1. Certificates for Shares.  Certificates representing
shares of the  corporation  shall be in such form as shall be  determined by the
Board of Directors.  Such  certificates  shall be signed by the Chief  Executive
Officer,  President,  or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant
Treasurer,  or  the  Secretary  or an  Assistant  Secretary.  Any  or all of the
signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer,  transfer
agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile  signature has been placed
upon a certificate  shall have ceased to be such  officer,  transfer  agent,  or
registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation
with the same effect as if such person were such  officer,  transfer  agent,  or
registrar  at  the  date  of  issue.   All  certificates  for  shares  shall  be
consecutively  numbered  or  otherwise  identified.  The name and address of the
person to whom the shares  represented  thereby are  issued,  with the number of
shares  and  date  of  issue,  shall  be  entered  on the  stock  ledger  of the
corporation.
                  All  certificates  surrendered to the corporation for transfer
shall be  canceled  and no new  certificate  shall be issued  until  the  former
certificate  for a like  number  of  shares  shall  have  been  surrendered  and
canceled, except that in the case of a lost, destroyed or mutilated certificate,
a new  one  may  be  issued  therefor  upon  such  terms  and  indemnity  to the
corporation as the Board of Directors may prescribe.

                  SECTION  2.  Transfer  of  Shares.  Transfer  of shares of the
corporation  shall be made only on the stock  ledger of the  corporation  by the
holder of record thereof or by such person's legal representative, who shall, if
so required,  furnish  proper  evidence of  authority  to  transfer,  or by such
person's  attorney  thereunto  authorized by power of attorney duly executed and
filed with the Secretary of the  corporation,  and on surrender for cancellation
of the certificate for such shares. The person in whose name shares stand on the
books of the  corporation  shall be  deemed by the  corporation  to be the owner
thereof for all purposes.




                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                   FISCAL YEAR
                  The fiscal  year of the  corporation  shall begin on the first
day of November and end on the thirty-first day of October in each year.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                    DIVIDENDS
                  The Board of Directors may from time to time declare,  and the
corporation may pay,  dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and upon
the terms and conditions provided by law and by the Articles of Incorporation.

                                    ARTICLE X
                                      SEAL
                  The Board of Directors  shall  provide a corporate  seal which
shall be  circular  in form and shall  have  inscribed  thereon  the name of the
corporation and the state of incorporation and the words "Corporate Seal".

                                   ARTICLE XI
                                WAIVER OF NOTICE


                  Whenever any notice is required to be given to any stockholder
or director of the corporation under the provisions of these Bylaws or under the
provisions  of the  Articles of  Incorporation  or under the  provisions  of the
Delaware  General  Corporation  Law, a waiver thereof in writing,  signed at any
time by the person or persons  entitled to such notice of the meeting,  shall be
deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.

                                   ARTICLE XII
                                   AMENDMENTS
                  These  Bylaws may be amended or repealed and new Bylaws may be
adopted by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting thereof only
with the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the total number of Directors.



                                  ARTICLE XIII
                            SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS

                  The  affirmative  vote or consent of the holders of a majority
of all shares of stock of the  corporation  unconditionally  entitled to vote in
elections of directors,  considered  for the purpose of this Article XIII as one
class,  shall be required for the  adoption,  approval or  authorization  of any
significant  transaction (as hereinafter  defined). A proxy statement responsive
to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, shall be
mailed to stockholders of the corporation for purpose of soliciting  stockholder
approval of such significant transaction and shall contain at the front thereof,
in  a  prominent   place,  any   recommendation   as  to  the  advisability  (or
inadvisability) of the significant transaction which the directors may choose to
make and an opinion of a reputable  investment  banking  firm as to the fairness
(or not) of the terms of such significant  transaction from the point of view of
the stockholders of the corporation (such investment banking firm to be selected
by a  majority  of the  directors  and to be paid a  reasonable  fee  for  their
services  by the  corporation  upon  receipt of such  opinion).  As used in this
Article XIII, the term "significant transaction" shall include any sale, merger,
joint  venture  or  similar  transaction  of  the  corporation  or  any  of  its
subsidiaries of a size in excess of 25% of the assets of the corporation and its
subsidiaries,  taken as a whole,  as determined in good faith by the Board.  The
provisions  of this  Article  XIII shall not be  applicable  to any  transaction
between the corporation and any of its  subsidiaries or between any subsidiaries
of the corporation.







                         HARNISCHFEGER INDUSTRIES, INC.

                            AMENDMENT TO SUPPLEMENTAL
                        RETIREMENT AND STOCK FUNDING PLAN
                   (as amended and restated December 6, 1998)


The Harnischfeger  Industries,  Inc.  Supplemental  Retirement and Stock Funding
Plan (the "Supplemental Plan") is hereby amended,  effective as of June 3, 1999,
(the "Effective Date"), as set forth below.

1.       The Supplemental Plan shall be renamed the "Harnischfeger Industries,
           Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan".

2.       Section 1.2 of the  Supplemental  Plan shall be amended by deleting the
         last sentence thereof in its entirety and adding the following sentence
         to the end of such Section.

                  The purpose of this  Supplemental  Plan is to provide benefits
                  which may not be provided under the Retirement Plan because of
                  limitations  imposed by the Code or the Act,  including  those
                  relating to nondiscrimination and maximum benefit limitations,
                  elections to defer compensation made by the participants,  and
                  the granting of past (or deemed) service credits.

3.       Section 2.1 of the  Supplemental  Plan shall be amended by deleting the
         first and second  sentences  thereof in their  entirety  and adding the
         following sentences at the beginning of such Section.

                  Subject  to  the  conditions  and  limitations  hereof,  if  a
                  participant in the Retirement Plan (i) has been granted credit
                  for prior service or elected to defer  compensation  which may
                  not be taken into account under the Retirement Plan because of
                  applicable  nondiscrimination or other rules, (ii) has accrued
                  a vested pension  benefit under the Retirement  Plan (or would
                  have accrued a vested  benefit if his prior service were taken
                  into  account),  and such benefit has been limited as a result
                  of  the  maximum  benefit   limitations  imposed  by  Sections
                  401(a)(17)  and 415 of the  Code,  or (iii)  has been  granted
                  credit for additional years of service (based upon a multitude
                  of actual  years of  service)  by the  Committee,  in its sole
                  discretion,  which  may not be taken  into  account  under the
                  Retirement Plan, he shall be a participant  ("Participant") in
                  this  Supplemental Plan and shall be entitled to receive under
                  this  Supplemental  Plan the portion of his benefits under the
                  Retirement Plan,  determined without regard to the limitations
                  on  inclusions  of  prior  (or  deemed)  service  or  deferred
                  compensation or the maximum benefit limitations therein, which
                  exceeds the benefits  payable to him under the Retirement Plan
                  after applying such limitations. If a Participant was employed
                  by  another   "Harnischfeger   Company",  as  defined  in  the
                  Retirement  Plan,  and such other  company  also  maintains  a
                  qualified   plan  covering  the   Participant,   the  benefits
                  hereunder  and under such other plan shall be limited so as to
                  not be duplicative and the  Participant's  benefits  hereunder
                  and under such other  plan  shall be paid by the  Company  and
                  such other  Harnischfeger  Company in such  proportions as the
                  Company shall determine.

4.        Section 2.2 of the  Supplemental  Plan shall be amended to read in its
          entirety as follows:

                  Payments of  benefits  under this  Supplemental  Plan shall be
                  paid to a  Participant,  or in the  event  of a  Participant's
                  death to his  beneficiary,  at the  same  time and in the same
                  manner as his pension benefits under the Retirement Plan.

5.       Section 2.3 of the  Supplemental  Plan shall be amended by deleting the
         second  sentence of such Section in its entirety and  replacing it with
         the following sentence.

                  Prior to a "Change in  Control"  of the  Company  (as  defined
                  below),  the Company  shall not be required  (but may do so in
                  its discretion) to place assets in the Rabbi Trust that may be
                  used to provide any benefits under this Supplemental Plan.

6.        Section 2 of the  Supplemental  Plan  shall be  amended  by adding the
          following Section 2.4 to such Section.

2.4                        Change in Control. The term "Change in Control" shall
                           mean a Change in Control of the Company as defined in
                           the Rabbi Trust.

7.       Section 3 of the  Supplemental  Plan shall be deleted in its  entirety,
         and shall be of no further force or effect,  and no  Participant in the
         Supplemental  Plan shall have a right to receive  Company  common stock
         under the Supplemental Plan.

8.       Section 4.5 of the  Supplemental  Plan shall be amended by deleting the
         last sentence of such Section and adding the following  sentence to the
         end thereof.

                  No  Participant  shall have any right to any benefit  payments
                  hereunder  prior to his  termination  of  employment  with the
                  Company.

9.       Schedule A to the Supplemental Plan shall be deleted in its entirety.

10.      The  amendments  set  forth  herein  shall  be  applicable   solely  to
         Participants who terminate  employment with the Company on or after the
         Effective Date. "Stock Participants" under the Plan who have terminated
         employment   prior  to  the  Effective   Date  shall  remain  as  Stock
         Participants subject to the terms of the Plan as in effect prior to the
         Effective Date.







               REVOLVING CREDIT, TERM LOAN AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT
                            Dated as of June 7, 1999

                  REVOLVING CREDIT, TERM LOAN AND GUARANTY  AGREEMENT,  dated as
of June 7, 1999, among HARNISCHFEGER  INDUSTRIES,  INC., a Delaware  corporation
(the  "Borrower"),  a debtor and  debtor-in-possession  in a case pending  under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy  Code, each of the direct or indirect  Subsidiaries
of the Borrower  signatory  hereto (each a  "Guarantor"  and  collectively,  the
"Guarantors"),  each of which  Guarantors  referred  to in this  paragraph  is a
debtor  and  debtor-in-possession  in a case  pending  under  Chapter  11 of the
Bankruptcy Code (the cases of the Borrower and the Guarantors, each a "Case" and
collectively,  the  "Cases"),  THE  CHASE  MANHATTAN  BANK,  a New York  banking
corporation  ("Chase"),  each of the other financial  institutions  from time to
time party hereto  (together  with Chase,  the "Banks") and THE CHASE  MANHATTAN
BANK, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the "Agent") for the Banks.

                             INTRODUCTORY STATEMENT

                  On  June 7,  1999,  the  Borrower  and  the  Guarantors  filed
voluntary  petitions  with the  Bankruptcy  Court  initiating the Cases and have
continued  in the  possession  of their  assets and in the  management  of their
businesses pursuant to Sections 1107 and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code.

                  The Borrower has applied to the Banks for a revolving  credit,
term loan and letter of credit facility in an aggregate  principal amount not to
exceed  $750,000,000,  all of the Borrower's  obligations  under which are to be
guaranteed by the Guarantors.

                  The  proceeds  of the Loans and Letters of Credit will be used
for  working  capital  and  general  corporate  purposes  of  the  Borrower  and
Guarantors in accordance with the Budget and as provided for herein.

                  To provide  guarantees  and security for the  repayment of the
Loans,  the  reimbursement  of any draft  drawn under a Letter of Credit and the
payment of the other  obligations of the Borrower and the  Guarantors  hereunder
and  under  the  other  Loan  Documents  (including,   without  limitation,  the
obligations  of the Borrower under Section  6.03(vi) and the  obligations of the
Borrower  owed to Banks  permitted  by Section  6.03(ix)),  the Borrower and the
Guarantors  will provide to the Agent and the Banks the following  (each as more
fully described herein):

(1)      a guaranty from each of the  Guarantors of the due and punctual
         payment and  performance  of the  Obligations of the Borrower
         hereunder;

(2)      with respect to the  obligations  of the  Borrower  and the  Guarantors
         hereunder, an allowed administrative expense claim in each of the Cases
         pursuant to Section  364(c)(1) of the Bankruptcy  Code having  priority
         over all  administrative  expenses  of the kind  specified  in Sections
         503(b) and 507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code; and

(1)



(3)      with respect to the  Obligations  of the  Borrower  and the  Guarantors
         hereunder,  a  perfected  first  priority  Lien,  pursuant  to  Section
         364(c)(2) of the  Bankruptcy  Code,  upon (x) the capital  stock of all
         direct  Subsidiaries  of  the  Borrower  and  each  of  the  Guarantors
         (limited, in the case of foreign subsidiaries,  to 65% of the interests
         of the Borrower and the Guarantors in the ownership  interests therein)
         and (y) all cash and cash  equivalents  in the Letter of Credit Account
         (following  the  Termination  Date,  amounts  in the  Letter  of Credit
         Account shall not be subject to the Carve-Out hereinafter referred to).

                  All of the claims and the Liens granted hereunder in the Cases
to the Agent and the Banks  shall be  subject  to the  Carve-Out  to the  extent
provided in Section 2.22.

                  Accordingly, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 2.        DEFINITIONS

SECTION 2.1       Defined Terms.

                  As used in this Agreement,  the following terms shall have the
meanings specified below:

                  "ABR Borrowing" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of ABR Loans.

                  "ABR Loan"  shall  mean any Loan  bearing  interest  at a rate
determined  by  reference  to the  Alternate  Base Rate in  accordance  with the
provisions of Section 2.

                  "Additional  Credit" shall have the meaning given such term in
Section 4.02(d) hereof.

                  "Adjusted   LIBOR  Rate"  shall  mean,  with  respect  to  any
Eurodollar  Borrowing  for any  Interest  Period,  an  interest  rate per  annum
(rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the quotient of
(a) the  LIBOR  Rate  in  effect  for  such  Interest  Period  divided  by (b) a
percentage (expressed as a decimal) equal to 100% minus Statutory Reserves.  For
purposes hereof, the term "LIBOR Rate" shall mean the rate (rounded upwards,  if
necessary,  to the next 1/16 of 1%) at which dollar deposits approximately equal
in principal amount to such Eurodollar  Borrowing and for a maturity  comparable
to such Interest Period are offered to the principal  London office of the Agent
in immediately  available funds in the London  interbank market at approximately
11:00 a.m.,  London time,  two Business Days prior to the  commencement  of such
Interest Period.

                  "Affiliate"  shall mean,  as to any Person,  any other  Person
which,  directly or indirectly,  is in control of, is controlled by, or is under
common control with such Person.  For purposes of this  definition,  a Person (a
"Controlled  Person")  shall be deemed to be  "controlled  by" another Person (a
"Controlling   Person")  if  the  Controlling  Person  possesses,   directly  or
indirectly,  power to  direct  or cause  the  direction  of the  management  and
policies of the Controlled Person whether by contract or otherwise.



          "Agent" shall have the meaning set forth in the Introduction.

                  "Agreement"  shall mean this Revolving  Credit,  Term Loan and
Guaranty  Agreement,  as the  same  may from  time to time be  further  amended,
modified or supplemented.

                  "Alternate  Base  Rate"  shall  mean,  for any day, a rate per
annum  (rounded  upwards,  if  necessary,  to the next  1/16 of 1%) equal to the
greatest  of (a) the Prime  Rate in effect on such day,  (b) the Base CD Rate in
effect on such day plus 1% and (c) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on
such day plus 1/2 of 1%. For purposes  hereof,  "Prime Rate" shall mean the rate
of interest per annum  publicly  announced from time to time by the Agent as its
prime rate in effect at its  principal  office in New York City;  each change in
the Prime Rate shall be effective on the date such change is publicly announced.
"Base CD Rate"  shall mean the sum of (a) the  quotient  of (i) the  Three-Month
Secondary CD Rate divided by (ii) a percentage  expressed as a decimal  equal to
100%  minus  Statutory  Reserves  and  (b)  the  Assessment  Rate.  "Three-Month
Secondary  CD Rate"  shall  mean,  for any day,  the  secondary  market rate for
three-month certificates of deposit reported as being in effect on such day (or,
if such day shall not be a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day) by the
Board through the public information  telephone line of the Federal Reserve Bank
of New York  (which  rate will,  under the current  practices  of the Board,  be
published  in Federal  Reserve  Statistical  Release  H.15(519)  during the week
following  such day),  or, if such rate shall not be so  reported on such day or
such next preceding Business Day, the average of the secondary market quotations
for three-month  certificates of deposit of major money center banks in New York
City received at approximately  10:00 a.m., New York City time, on such day (or,
if such day shall not be a Business Day, on the next preceding  Business Day) by
the Agent from three New York City negotiable  certificate of deposit dealers of
recognized  standing  selected by it. "Federal Funds Effective Rate" shall mean,
for any day,  the  weighted  average  of the rates on  overnight  Federal  funds
transactions  with  members of the Federal  Reserve  System  arranged by Federal
funds brokers,  as published on the next succeeding  Business Day by the Federal
Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which
is a  Business  Day,  the  average  of  the  quotations  for  the  day  of  such
transactions  received  by  the  Agent  from  three  Federal  funds  brokers  of
recognized  standing  selected  by it. If for any  reason  the Agent  shall have
determined (which  determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that
it is unable to ascertain the Base CD Rate or the Federal Funds  Effective  Rate
or both for any  reason,  including  the  inability  or  failure of the Agent to
obtain sufficient  quotations in accordance with the terms hereof, the Alternate
Base Rate shall be determined  without  regard to clause (b) or (c), or both, of
the first sentence of this definition,  as appropriate,  until the circumstances
giving rise to such inability no longer exist.  Any change in the Alternate Base
Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Three-Month Secondary CD Rate or the
Federal Funds  Effective  Rate shall be effective on the effective  date of such
change in the Prime Rate, the Three-Month Secondary CD Rate or the Federal Funds
Effective Rate, respectively.



                  "Assessment  Rate"  shall  mean for any date the  annual  rate
(rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) most recently estimated
by the  Agent as the then  current  net  annual  assessment  rate  that  will be
employed in  determining  amounts  payable by the Agent to the  Federal  Deposit
Insurance  Corporation (or any successor) for insurance by such  Corporation (or
any successor) of time deposits made in dollars at the Agent's domestic offices.

                  "Assignment  and  Acceptance"  shall  mean an  assignment  and
acceptance entered into by a Bank and an Eligible Assignee,  and accepted by the
Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

                  "Bankruptcy Code" shall mean The Bankruptcy Reform Act of
1978, as heretofore and hereafter amended,  and codified as
                   ---------------
11 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq.
                      -- ---

                  "Bankruptcy  Court"  shall mean the United  States  Bankruptcy
Court for the District of Delaware or any other court having  jurisdiction  over
the Cases from time to time.

                  "Banks" shall have the meaning set forth in the Introduction.

                  "Board"  shall  mean the  Board of  Governors  of the  Federal
Reserve System of the United States.

                  "Borrower" shall have the meaning set forth in the
                    Introduction.

                  "Borrowing"  shall mean the  incurrence of Revolving  Loans or
Term Loans of a single Type made from all the Tranche A Banks or Tranche B Banks
(as applicable) on a single date and having,  in the case of Eurodollar Loans, a
single  Interest  Period (with any ABR Loan made  pursuant to Section 2.15 being
considered a part of the related Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans).

                  "Budget" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(f).

                  "Business  Day"  shall  mean any day  other  than a  Saturday,
Sunday or other  day on which  banks in the  State of New York are  required  or
permitted to close (and,  for a Letter of Credit,  other than a day on which the
Fronting Bank issuing such Letter of Credit is closed); provided,  however, that
when used in connection  with a Eurodollar  Loan,  the term "Business Day" shall
also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits
on the London interbank market.



           "Capital   Expenditures"  shall  mean,  for  any  period,  the
aggregate of all expenditures  (whether paid in cash and not theretofore accrued
subsequent to the date of this Agreement or accrued as  liabilities  during such
period and including that portion of Capitalized  Leases which is capitalized on
the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) net of cash
amounts received by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries  from other Persons during
such period in  reimbursement of Capital  Expenditures  made by the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries,  excluding interest  capitalized during  construction,  by the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries  during such period that, in conformity with GAAP,
are required to be included in or reflected by the property, plant, equipment or
intangibles  or similar  fixed  asset  accounts  reflected  in the  consolidated
balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including equipment which is
purchased  simultaneously  with the trade-in of existing  equipment owned by the
Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  to the extent of the gross  amount of such
purchase  price less the book  value of the  equipment  being  traded in at such
time),  but excluding  expenditures  made in connection  with the replacement or
restoration  of assets,  to the extent  reimbursed  or financed  from  insurance
proceeds  paid on  account  of the loss of or the  damage  to the  assets  being
replaced or restored,  or from awards of compensation arising from the taking by
condemnation or eminent domain of such assets being replaced.

                  "Capitalized  Lease" shall mean, as applied to any Person, any
lease of  property  by such Person as lessee  which  would be  capitalized  on a
balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

                  "Carve-Out" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.22.

                  "Cases"  shall mean the Chapter 11 Cases of the  Borrower  and
each of the Guarantors pending in the Bankruptcy Court.

                  "Change  of  Control"  shall  mean  (i)  the   acquisition  of
ownership,  directly or indirectly,  beneficially or of record, by any Person or
group (within the meaning of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules
of the  Securities and Exchange  Commission  thereunder as in effect on the date
hereof),  of shares  representing more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting
power  represented by the issued and outstanding  capital stock of the Borrower;
or (ii) the  occupation  of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on
the Board of Directors of the Borrower by Persons who were neither (A) nominated
by the Board of  Directors  of the  Borrower  nor (B)  appointed by directors so
nominated.

                  "Chase" shall have the meaning set forth in the Introduction.

                  "Closing Date" shall mean the date on which this Agreement has
been  executed and the  conditions  precedent to the making of the initial Loans
set forth in Section 4.01 have been satisfied or waived,  which date shall occur
as promptly as practicable  after the entry of the Interim  Order,  but no later
than 10 days after such entry.

                  "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
                    amended.

                  "Collateral" shall mean the Collateral under the Pledge
                    Agreement.

                  "Commitment"   shall   mean,   collectively,   the  Tranche  A
Commitments, the Tranche B Commitments and the Tranche C Commitments.

                  "Commitment Fee" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
                    2.19.


                  "Commitment  Letter" shall mean that certain Commitment Letter
dated June 4, 1999 among the Agent, Chase Securities
                   ------------------
Inc. and the Borrower.

                  "Commitment  Percentage"  shall mean at any time, with respect
to each Bank,  the  percentage  obtained by dividing  its Tranche A  Commitment,
Tranche B Commitment or Tranche C Commitment at such time by the Total Tranche A
Commitment,  Total Tranche B Commitment or Total C Commitment, as applicable, at
such time.

                  "Consummation  Date"  shall  mean the date of the  substantial
consummation  (as defined in Section 1101 of the  Bankruptcy  Code and which for
purposes  of this  Agreement  shall be no later  than the  effective  date) of a
Reorganization  Plan of the Borrower or any of the Guarantors which is confirmed
pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court.

                  "Dollars" and "$" shall mean lawful money of the United States
                of America.

                  "EBITDA"  shall mean,  for any period,  all as  determined  in
accordance with GAAP, the  consolidated net income (or net loss) of the Borrower
and its  Subsidiaries"  for such  period,  plus (a) the sum of (i)  depreciation
expense, (ii) amortization expense, (iii) other non-cash charges, (iv) provision
for LIFO adjustment for inventory  valuation,  (v) net total Federal,  state and
local income tax expense, (vi) gross interest expense for such period less gross
interest  income  for  such  period,  (vii)  extraordinary  losses,  (viii)  any
non-recurring  charge or  restructuring  charge which in accordance with GAAP is
excluded from  operating  income,  (ix) the  cumulative  effect of any change in
accounting  principles and (x) "Chapter 11 expenses" (or  "administrative  costs
reflecting  Chapter  11  expenses")  as  shown  on the  Borrower's  consolidated
statement of income for such period less (b)  extraordinary  gains plus or minus
(c) the amount of cash  received  or  expended  in such period in respect of any
amount which,  under clause (viii) above,  was taken into account in determining
EBITDA for such or any prior period.

                  "Eligible  Assignee"  shall mean (i) a commercial  bank having
total  assets in excess of  $1,000,000,000;  (ii) a finance  company,  insurance
company or other  financial  institution or fund, in each case acceptable to the
Agent,  which in the  ordinary  course of  business  extends  credit of the type
contemplated  herein and has total  assets in excess of  $200,000,000  and whose
becoming an assignee would not constitute a prohibited transaction under Section
4975 of ERISA;  and (iii) any other  financial  institution  satisfactory to the
Borrower and the Agent.

                  "Environmental  Lien"  shall  mean  a  Lien  in  favor  of any
Governmental   Authority   for  (i)  any   liability   under  federal  or  state
environmental  laws  or  regulations,  or (ii)  damages  arising  from or  costs
incurred by such  Governmental  Authority in response to a release or threatened
release of a  hazardous  or toxic  waste,  substance  or  constituent,  or other
substance into the environment.

                  "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
of 1974,  as amended  from time to time,  and the  regulations  promulgated  and
rulings issued thereunder.


                  "ERISA Affiliate" shall mean any trade or business (whether or
not incorporated) which is a member of a group of which the Borrower is a member
and which is under common control within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of
the Code and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

                  "Eurocurrency  Liabilities"  shall have the  meaning  assigned
thereto in Regulation D issued by the Board, as in effect from time to time.

                  "Eurodollar Borrowing" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of
                    Eurodollar Loans.

                  "Eurodollar  Loan" shall mean any Loan  bearing  interest at a
rate  determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate in accordance  with the
provisions of Section 2.

                  "Event of Default"  shall have the meaning  given such term in
Section 7.

                  "Fees" shall  collectively  mean the  Commitment  Fees,
               Letter of Credit Fees and other fees referred to in Sections
                   ----
2.18, 2.19 and 2.20.

                  "Filing Date" shall mean June 7, 1999.

                  "Final  Order"  shall  have the  meaning  given  such  term in
Section 4.02(d).

                  "Financial  Officer" shall mean the Chief  Financial  Officer,
Controller, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of the Borrower.

                  "Fronting  Bank" shall mean Chase and such other Banks  (which
other Banks shall be reasonably  satisfactory to the Borrower) as may agree with
Chase to act in such capacity.

                  "GAAP" shall mean  generally  accepted  accounting  principles
applied  on a basis  consistent  with  those  used in  preparing  the  financial
statements referred to in Section 3.04.

                  "Governmental   Authority"  shall  mean  any  Federal,  state,
municipal or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or
instrumentality  or any court,  in each case  whether  of the  United  States or
foreign.

                  "Guarantor" shall have the meaning set forth in the
                    Introduction.

                  "Hedging  Agreement"  shall mean any interest rate  protection
agreement,  foreign  currency  exchange  agreement,  commodity price  protection
agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate or commodity price hedging
agreement.



                  "Indebtedness" shall mean, at any time and with respect to any
Person,  (i) all  indebtedness  of such  Person  for  borrowed  money,  (ii) all
indebtedness  of such  Person for the  deferred  purchase  price of  property or
services (other than property,  including inventory, and services purchased, and
expense accruals and deferred compensation items arising, in the ordinary course
of business),  (iii) all obligations of such Person  evidenced by notes,  bonds,
debentures  or other similar  instruments  (other than  performance,  surety and
appeal bonds arising in the ordinary course of business),  (iv) all indebtedness
of such  Person  created or arising  under any  conditional  sale or other title
retention  agreement  with  respect to property  acquired  by such Person  (even
though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender  under such  agreement in
the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property),  (v)
all  obligations  of such Person  under  leases which have been or should be, in
accordance with GAAP,  recorded as capital leases,  to the extent required to be
so recorded,  (vi) all  reimbursement,  payment or similar  obligations  of such
Person, contingent or otherwise,  under acceptance,  letter of credit or similar
facilities and all obligations of such Person in respect of Hedging  Agreements;
(vii) all Indebtedness  referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) above guaranteed
directly or  indirectly  by such  Person,  or in effect  guaranteed  directly or
indirectly  by such Person  through an  agreement  (A) to pay or  purchase  such
Indebtedness  or to advance or supply  funds for the payment or purchase of such
Indebtedness,  (B) to purchase, sell or lease (as lessee or lessor) property, or
to purchase or sell  services,  primarily for the purpose of enabling the debtor
to  make  payment  of  such  Indebtedness  or  to  assure  the  holder  of  such
Indebtedness  against loss in respect of such Indebtedness,  (C) to supply funds
to or in any other manner invest in the debtor  (including  any agreement to pay
for property or services  irrespective  of whether such  property is received or
such services are  rendered) or (D) otherwise to assure a creditor  against loss
in respect of such  Indebtedness,  and (viii) all  Indebtedness  referred  to in
clauses  (i)  through  (vii)  above  secured by (or for which the holder of such
Indebtedness has an existing right,  contingent or otherwise,  to be secured by)
any Lien  upon or in  property  (including,  without  limitation,  accounts  and
contract  rights) owned by such Person,  even though such Person has not assumed
or become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness.

                  "Insufficiency"  shall  mean,  with  respect to any Plan,  the
amount,  if any,  of its  unfunded  benefit  liabilities  within the  meaning of
Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA.

                  "Interim  Order"  shall  have the  meaning  given such term in
Section 4.01(b).

                  "Interest  Expense" shall mean interest  expense as determined
in accordance with GAAP.

                  "Interest  Payment  Date" shall mean (i) as to any  Eurodollar
Loan, the last day of the Interest Period in respect thereof, and (ii) as to all
ABR Loans, the last calendar day of each March, June, September and December and
the date on which any ABR Loans are refinanced with Eurodollar Loans pursuant to
Section 2.11.


                  "Interest   Period"   shall  mean,  as  to  any  Borrowing  of
Eurodollar Loans, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing (including
as a result of a  refinancing  of ABR Loans) or on the last day of the preceding
Interest  Period  applicable  to such  Borrowing  and ending on the  numerically
corresponding  day (or if there is no  corresponding  day,  the last day) in the
calendar month that is one or three months thereafter, as the Borrower may elect
in the related notice delivered pursuant to Sections 2.05(b) or 2.11;  provided,
however, that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day which shall not be a
Business  Day,  such  Interest  Period shall be extended to the next  succeeding
Business  Day unless such next  succeeding  Business  Day would fall in the next
calendar  month,  in which  case  such  Interest  Period  shall  end on the next
preceding  Business  Day,  and (ii) no Interest  Period shall end later than the
Termination Date.

                  "Investments"  shall have the meaning given such term in
                    Section 6.10.

                  "Letter of Credit Account" shall mean the account  established
by the Borrower under the sole and exclusive  control of the Agent maintained at
the office of the Agent at 270 Park Avenue,  New York, New York 10017 designated
as the "Harnischfeger  Industries,  Inc. Letter of Credit Account" that shall be
used solely for the purposes set forth in Sections 2.02(b) and 2.12.

                  "Letter of Credit" shall mean any irrevocable letter of credit
issued  pursuant to Section 2.02,  which letter of credit shall be (i) a standby
or import documentary  letter of credit,  (ii) issued (x) in the case of standby
letters of  credit,  (A) in favor of  lenders  to  foreign  Subsidiaries  of the
Borrower  (provided  that such  lenders  extend or  continue  loan terms to such
foreign  Subsidiaries  as may be  satisfactory to the Agent) in amounts that are
satisfactory to the Agent and in form (including, without limitation, in respect
of  draw  conditions)  satisfactory  to the  Agent  or (B)  in  connection  with
performance and bid requirements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries,  customer
advance and progress  payments and surety bonds,  in each case  consistent  with
past practices,  (y) in the case of import  documentary  letters of credit,  for
purposes that are consistent  with past practices or (z) for such other purposes
as are  reasonably  acceptable to the Agent,  (iii)  denominated  in Dollars (or
another  currency  acceptable  to the  Agent  and the  Fronting  Bank)  and (iv)
otherwise in such form as may be  reasonably  approved  from time to time by the
Agent and the applicable Fronting Bank.

                  "Letter of Credit Fees" shall mean the fees payable in respect
of Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.20.

                  "Letter  of  Credit  Outstandings"  shall  mean the sum of the
Tranche  A Letter  of  Credit  Outstandings  and the  Tranche C Letter of Credit
Outstandings.

                  "Lien" shall mean any  mortgage,  pledge,  security  interest,
encumbrance,  lien or charge of any kind  whatsoever  (including any conditional
sale or other title retention agreement or any lease in the nature thereof).

                  "Loans" shall mean the Revolving Loans and the Term Loans.

                  "Loan  Documents"  shall  mean  this  Agreement,   the  Pledge
Agreement, the Letters of Credit, and any other instrument or agreement executed
and delivered in connection herewith.

                  "Maturity Date" shall mean June 7, 2001.


                  "Multiemployer  Plan"  shall  mean a  "multiemployer  plan" as
defined  in  Section  4001(a)(3)  of ERISA to which  the  Borrower  or any ERISA
Affiliate  is making or accruing an  obligation  to make  contributions,  or has
within any of the  preceding  five plan years made or accrued an  obligation  to
make contributions.

                  "Multiple  Employer  Plan" shall mean a Single  Employer Plan,
which (i) is maintained for employees of the Borrower or an ERISA  Affiliate and
at least one Person other than the Borrower and its ERISA Affiliates or (ii) was
so maintained and in respect of which the Borrower or an ERISA  Affiliate  could
have  liability  under  Section 4064 or 4069 of ERISA in the event such Plan has
been or were to be terminated.

                  "Obligations"  shall mean (a) the due and punctual  payment of
principal  of and  interest  on the Loans and the  reimbursement  of all amounts
drawn under Letters of Credit,  and (b) the due and punctual payment of the Fees
and all other present and future,  fixed or contingent,  monetary obligations of
the  Borrower  and the  Guarantors  to the Banks  and the  Agent  under the Loan
Documents.

                  "Orders"  shall mean the Interim Order and the Final Order of
                the Bankruptcy  Court  referred to in Sections  4.01(b)
                   ------
and 4.02(d).

                  "Other  Taxes"  shall  have the  meaning  given  such  term in
Section 2.17.

                  "PBGC" shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or
any successor agency or entity performing substantially the same functions.

                  "Pension  Plan"  shall  mean  a  defined  benefit  pension  or
retirement plan which meets and is subject to the requirements of Section 401(a)
of the Code.

                  "Permitted Investments" shall mean:

(1) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which
are  unconditionally  guaranteed  by,  the United  States of America  (or by any
agency thereof to the extent such  obligations  are backed by the full faith and
credit of the United  States of America),  in each case  maturing  within twelve
months from the date of acquisition thereof;

(2) without  limiting the  provisions  of paragraph  (d) below,  investments  in
commercial paper maturing within six months from the date of acquisition thereof
and  having,  at such date of  acquisition,  a rating  of at least  "A-2" or the
equivalent  thereof from Standard & Poor's  Corporation  or of at least "P-2" or
the equivalent thereof from Moody's Investors Service, Inc.;

(1)


(3)  investments  in  certificates  of deposit,  banker's  acceptances  and time
deposits  (including  Eurodollar time deposits)  maturing within six months from
the date of  acquisition  thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with (i) any
domestic  office  of the  Agent  or the bank  with  whom  the  Borrower  and the
Guarantors maintain their cash management system, provided, that if such bank is
not a Bank  hereunder,  such bank shall have entered into an agreement  with the
Agent  pursuant  to which such bank  shall have  waived all rights of setoff and
confirmed that such bank does not have, nor shall it claim, a security  interest
therein or (ii) any domestic  office of any other  commercial bank of recognized
standing  organized  under the laws of the United States of America or any State
thereof  that has a combined  capital and surplus and  undivided  profits of not
less than $250,000,000 and is the principal banking Subsidiary of a bank holding
company  having a  long-term  unsecured  debt  rating  of at least  "A-2" or the
equivalent  thereof from Standard & Poor's  Corporation or at least "P-2" or the
equivalent thereof from Moody's Investors Service, Inc.;

(4) investments in commercial  paper maturing within six months from the date of
acquisition  thereof and issued by (i) the holding  company of the Agent or (ii)
the  holding  company  of any  other  commercial  bank  of  recognized  standing
organized  under the laws of the United  States of America or any State  thereof
that has (A) a combined  capital and surplus in excess of  $250,000,000  and (B)
commercial paper rated at least "A-2" or the equivalent  thereof from Standard &
Poor's  Corporation or of at least "P-2" or the equivalent  thereof from Moody's
Investors Service, Inc.;

(5)  investments  in repurchase  obligations  with a term of not more than seven
days for  underlying  securities  of the types  described  in  clause  (a) above
entered  into  with  any  office  of  a  bank  or  trust  company   meeting  the
qualifications specified in clause (c) above;

(6) investments in money market funds  substantially all the assets of which are
comprised of securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (e) above;
and

(7) to the extent owned on the Filing Date,  investments in the capital stock of
any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower or any Guarantor.

(1)

                  "Permitted  Liens" shall mean (i) Liens  imposed by law (other
than  Environmental   Liens  and  any  Lien  imposed  under  ERISA)  for  taxes,
assessments or charges of any  Governmental  Authority for claims not yet due or
which are being  contested  in good faith by  appropriate  proceedings  and with
respect to which  adequate  reserves or other  appropriate  provisions are being
maintained in accordance  with GAAP; (ii) statutory Liens of landlords and Liens
of carriers,  warehousemen,  mechanics,  materialmen and other Liens (other than
Environmental  Liens and any Lien imposed under ERISA) imposed by law created in
the  ordinary  course of  business  for  amounts  not yet due or which are being
contested  in good faith by  appropriate  proceedings  and with respect to which
adequate  reserves  or other  appropriate  provisions  are being  maintained  in
accordance  with GAAP;  (iii) Liens  (other than any Lien  imposed  under ERISA)
incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business (including, without
limitation,   surety  bonds  and  appeal  bonds)  in  connection  with  workers'
compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security benefits
or to secure the performance of tenders, bids, leases, contracts (other than for
the  repayment  of  Indebtedness),   statutory  obligations  and  other  similar
obligations  or  arising  as a result  of  progress  payments  under  government
contracts;  (iv) easements (including,  without limitation,  reciprocal easement
agreements  and  utility  agreements),   rights-of-way,   covenants,   consents,
reservations,  encroachments,  variations  and  zoning  and other  restrictions,
charges  or  encumbrances  (whether  or not  recorded)  and  interest  of ground
lessors,  which do not  interfere  materially  with the ordinary  conduct of the
business of the Borrower or any Guarantor,  as the case may be, and which do not
materially  detract  from the  value of the  property  to which  they  attach or
materially impair the use thereof to the Borrower or any Guarantor,  as the case
may be; (v) purchase money Liens (including  Capitalized  Leases) upon or in any
property  acquired  or held in the  ordinary  course of  business  to secure the
purchase price of such property or to secure  Indebtedness  permitted by Section
6.03(iii)  solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition of such property;
and  (vi)  extensions,  renewals  or  replacements  of any Lien  referred  to in
paragraphs  (i) through (v) above,  provided  that the  principal  amount of the
obligation secured thereby is not increased and that any such extension, renewal
or replacement is limited to the property originally encumbered thereby.

                  "Person" shall mean any natural person, corporation,  division
of a  corporation,  partnership,  trust,  joint venture,  association,  company,
estate,  unincorporated  organization  or  government or any agency or political
subdivision thereof.

                  "Plan" shall mean a Single Employer Plan or a Multiemployer
                         Plan.

                  "Pledge Agreement" shall have the meaning set forth in
                    Section 4.01(c).

                  "Prepayment  Date" shall mean thirty (30) days after the entry
of the  Interim  Order by the  Bankruptcy  Court if the Final Order has not been
entered by the Bankruptcy  Court prior to the expiration of such thirty (30) day
period.

                  "Pre-Petition  Payment"  shall  mean  a  payment  (by  way  of
adequate  protection  or  otherwise)  of  principal  or interest or otherwise on
account of any pre-petition Indebtedness or trade payables or other pre-petition
claims against the Borrower or any Guarantor.

                  "Register" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.03
                    (d).

                  "Reorganization Plan" shall mean a plan of reorganization in
                    any of the Cases.

                  "Required  Banks" shall mean,  at any time,  Banks  holding in
                    excess of 50% of the Total Commitment, which Banks shall
                   --------------
include the Required Tranche A Banks.

                  "Required Tranche A Banks" shall mean, at any time,  Tranche A
Banks  holding  Tranche A Loans  representing  in excess of 50% of the aggregate
principal  amount of such Tranche A Loans  outstanding  or, if no such Tranche A
Loans are outstanding, Tranche A Banks having Tranche A Commitments representing
in excess of 50% of the Total Tranche A Commitment.

                  "Required Tranche C Banks" shall mean, at any time,  Tranche C
Banks having  obligations to issue and/or reimburse  Tranche C Letters of Credit
representing in excess of 50% of the Tranche C Letter of Credit Outstandings or,
if there are no such  Tranche C Letter of Credit  Outstandings,  Tranche C Banks
having Tranche C Commitments  representing in excess of 50% of the Total Tranche
C Commitment.


                  "Revolving  Loans"  shall have the meaning  given such term in
Section 2.01(a).

                  "Single  Employer Plan" shall mean a single  employer plan, as
defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA, that (i) is maintained for employees of
the Borrower or an ERISA  Affiliate or (ii) was so maintained  and in respect of
which the Borrower could have liability under Section 4069 of ERISA in the event
such Plan has been or were to be terminated.

                  "Statutory  Reserves"  shall  mean on any date the  percentage
(expressed  as a  decimal)  established  by the  Board  and  any  other  banking
authority  which is (i) for purposes of the definition of Base CD Rate, the then
stated  maximum  rate of all  reserves  (including,  but  not  limited  to,  any
emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) for a member bank
of the Federal  Reserve System in New York City, for new three month  negotiable
nonpersonal time deposits in dollars of $100,000 or more or (ii) for purposes of
the  definition  of Adjusted  LIBOR Rate,  the then stated  maximum rate for all
reserves  (including  but not limited to any  emergency,  supplemental  or other
marginal  reserve  requirements)  applicable  to any member  bank of the Federal
Reserve System in respect of Eurocurrency Liabilities (or any successor category
of liabilities under Regulation D issued by the Board, as in effect from time to
time). Such reserve percentages shall include, without limitation, those imposed
pursuant  to  said  Regulation.   The  Statutory   Reserves  shall  be  adjusted
automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in such percentage.

                  "Subsidiary"  shall mean,  with respect to any Person  (herein
referred to as the  "parent"),  any  corporation,  association or other business
entity  (whether  now  existing  or  hereafter  organized)  of  which at least a
majority of the securities or other ownership  interests  having ordinary voting
power  for  the  election  of  directors  is,  at  the  time  as  of  which  any
determination  is being made,  owned or  controlled by the parent or one or more
subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more  subsidiaries of the
parent.

                  "Super-majority  Banks" shall have the meaning given such term
in Section 10.10(b).

                  "Superpriority  Claim" shall mean a claim against the Borrower
and any Guarantor in any of the Cases which is an  administrative  expense claim
having priority over any or all administrative expenses of the kind specified in
Sections 503(b) or 507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

                  "Taxes" shall have the meaning given such term in
                    Section 2.17.

                  "Term Loans" shall have the meaning given such term in Section
2.01(b).

                  "Termination Date" shall mean the earliest to occur of (i) the
Prepayment Date, (ii) the Maturity Date,  (iii) the  Consummation  Date and (iv)
the  acceleration  of the Loans and the  termination of the Total  Commitment in
accordance with the terms hereof.


                  "Termination  Event" shall mean (i) a "reportable  event",  as
such term is  described  in  Section  4043 of ERISA and the  regulations  issued
thereunder  (other than a  "reportable  event" not subject to the  provision for
30-day notice to the PBGC under Section 4043 of ERISA or such regulations) or an
event described in Section 4068 of ERISA excluding  events  described in Section
4043(c)(9)  of ERISA or 29 CFR  ss.ss.2615.21  or 2615.23 and  excluding  events
which would not be reasonably likely (as reasonably  determined by the Agent) to
have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operations, business,
properties  or assets of the Borrower and the  Guarantors  taken as a whole,  or
(ii) the  withdrawal  of the  Borrower  or any ERISA  Affiliate  from a Multiple
Employer Plan during a plan year in which it was a  "substantial  employer",  as
such term is defined in Section 4001(c) of ERISA, or the incurrence of liability
by the  Borrower or any ERISA  Affiliate  under  Section  4064 of ERISA upon the
termination of a Multiple  Employer Plan, or (iii) providing notice of intent to
terminate a Plan pursuant to Section 4041(c) of ERISA or the treatment of a Plan
amendment as a termination  under Section 4041 of ERISA, or (iv) the institution
of proceedings  to terminate a Plan by the PBGC under Section 4042 of ERISA,  or
(v) any other event or condition  (other than the  commencement of the Cases and
the failure to have made any contribution  accrued as of the Filing Date but not
paid) which would  reasonably  be expected to  constitute  grounds under Section
4042 of ERISA  for the  termination  of,  or the  appointment  of a  trustee  to
administer, any Plan, or the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA
(other than for the payment of premiums to the PBGC).

                  "Total  Commitment"  shall mean,  at any time,  the sum of the
Total  Tranche A  Commitments,  the Total  Tranche B  Commitments  and the Total
Tranche C Commitments at such time.

                  "Total  Exposure"  shall mean, at any time, the sum of (i) the
Total Tranche A Commitments,  (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of
the Term Loans and (iii) the Total Tranche C Commitments at such time.

                  "Total Tranche A Commitment"  shall mean, at any time, the sum
of the Tranche A Commitments at such time.

                  "Total Tranche B Commitment"  shall mean, at any time, (x) the
sum of the  Tranche B  Commitments  at such time or (y) after the  making of the
Tranche  B  Loans,  the  sum of the  principal  amount  of the  Tranche  B Loans
outstanding at such time.

                  "Total Tranche C Commitment"  shall mean, at any time, the sum
of the Tranche C Commitments at such time.

                  "Tranche  A Bank"  shall  mean  each  Bank  having a Tranche A
Commitment.

                  "Tranche  A  Commitment"  shall  mean the  commitment  of each
Tranche A Bank hereunder to make Revolving Loans or to issue and/or  participate
in  Tranche A Letters of Credit in the  amount  set forth  opposite  its name on
Annex A hereto or as may  subsequently be set forth in the Register from time to
time, as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to this Agreement.

                  "Tranche  A Letter of  Credit"  shall  mean a Letter of Credit
issued pursuant to Section 2.02(a).


                  "Tranche A Letter of Credit  Outstandings"  shall mean, at any
time,  the sum of (i) the  aggregate  undrawn  stated  amount  of all  Tranche A
Letters of Credit then outstanding plus (ii) all amounts theretofore drawn under
Tranche A Letters of Credit and not then reimbursed.

                  "Tranche  B Bank"  shall  mean  each  Bank  having a Tranche B
Commitment.

                  "Tranche  B  Commitment"  shall  mean the  commitment  of each
Tranche B Bank  hereunder  to make a Term Loan in the amount set forth  opposite
its name on Annex B hereto or as may  subsequently  be set forth in the Register
from time to time, as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to this
Agreement.

                  "Tranche  C Bank"  shall  mean  each  Bank  having a Tranche C
Commitment.

                  "Tranche  C  Commitment"  shall  mean the  commitment  of each
Tranche C Bank  hereunder  to make  and/or  participate  in Tranche C Letters of
Credit in the  amount  set forth  opposite  its name on Annex C hereto or as may
subsequently  be set forth in the Register from time to time, as the same may be
reduced from time to time pursuant to this Agreement.

                  "Tranche  C Letter of  Credit"  shall  mean a Letter of Credit
issued pursuant to Section 2.02(b).

                  "Tranche C Letter of Credit  Outstandings"  shall mean, at any
time,  the sum of (i) the  aggregate  undrawn  stated  amount  of all  Tranche C
Letters of Credit then outstanding plus (ii) all amounts theretofore drawn under
Tranche C Letters of Credit and not then reimbursed.

                  "Transferee" shall have the meaning given such term in
                    Section 2.17.

                  "Type"  when used in  respect of any Loan or  Borrowing  shall
refer to the Rate of interest by reference to which  interest on such Loan or on
the Loans comprising such Borrowing is determined.  For purposes hereof,  "Rate"
shall mean the Adjusted LIBOR Rate and the Alternate Base Rate.

                  "Unused Total  Tranche A Commitment"  shall mean, at any time,
(i) the  Total  Tranche  A  Commitment  less  (ii) the sum of (x) the  aggregate
outstanding  principal  amount  of all  Revolving  Loans  and (y) the  aggregate
Tranche A Letter of Credit Outstandings.

                  "Unused Total Tranche B Commitment"  shall mean,  prior to the
making of the Term Loans, the Total Tranche B Commitment.

                  "Unused Total  Tranche C Commitment"  shall mean, at any time,
the Total  Tranche C Commitment  less the  aggregate  Tranche C Letter of Credit
Outstandings.


                  "Withdrawal  Liability" shall have the meaning given such term
under Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

SECTION 2.2 Terms Generally. The definitions in Section 1.01 shall apply equally
to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context
may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and
neuter forms. The words "include," "includes" and "including" shall be deemed to
be  followed  by the  phrase  "without  limitation."  All  references  herein to
Sections,  Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed references to Sections of, and
Exhibits and Schedules  to, this  Agreement  unless the context shall  otherwise
require.  Except  as  otherwise  expressly  provided  herein,  all  terms  of an
accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in
effect from time to time;  provided,  however,  that for purposes of determining
compliance  with any  covenant  set  forth in  Section  6, such  terms  shall be
construed  in  accordance  with GAAP as in effect on the date of this  Agreement
applied  on a basis  consistent  with  the  application  used in the  Borrower's
audited financial statements referred to in Section 3.04.

SECTION 3.        AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT.

SECTION 3.1       Commitments of the Banks.

(1) Each Tranche A Bank severally and not jointly with the other Tranche A Banks
agrees,  upon the terms and subject to the conditions  herein set forth, to make
revolving credit loans (each a "Revolving Loan" and collectively, the "Revolving
Loans")  to the  Borrower  at any time and from time to time  during  the period
commencing on the date hereof and ending on the Termination Date (or the earlier
date of termination of the Total Tranche A Commitment) in an aggregate principal
amount not to exceed,  when added to such Tranche A Bank's  Tranche A Commitment
Percentage of the then aggregate  Tranche A Letter of Credit  Outstandings,  the
Tranche A Commitment of such Tranche A Bank, which Revolving Loans may be repaid
and reborrowed in accordance with the provisions of this  Agreement.  At no time
shall  the  sum  of the  then  outstanding  aggregate  principal  amount  of the
Revolving Loans plus the then aggregate Tranche A Letter of Credit  Outstandings
exceed the Total Tranche A Commitment of $350,000,000 as the same may be reduced
from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09.

(2) Each Tranche B Bank severally and not jointly with the other Tranche B Banks
agrees,  upon the terms and subject to the conditions  herein set forth, to make
term  loans  (each a "Term  Loan" and  collectively,  the "Term  Loans")  to the
Borrower within two Business Days after the entry by the Bankruptcy Court of the
Final Order,  subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section
4.02, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the Tranche B Commitment of
such Tranche B Bank. At no time shall the sum of the then outstanding  aggregate
principal  amount of the Term Loans  exceed the Total  Tranche B  Commitment  of
$200,000,000.

(3) Each Borrowing shall be made by the applicable  Banks pro rata in accordance
with their respective  Commitments;  provided,  however, that the failure of any
Bank to make any Loan  shall not in  itself  relieve  the  other  Banks of their
obligations to lend.

(1)

(4) At no time shall the sum of the then outstanding  aggregate principal amount
of the Loans plus the then aggregate  Letter of Credit  Outstandings  exceed the
Total Commitment of  $750,000,000,  as the same may be reduced from time to time
pursuant to Section 2.09.

(5)  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary herein,  the Agent shall have the
right to determine,  after consultation with the Borrower, a reallocation of the
Commitments  in Tranches A, B and C (and the sublimits  therein),  provided that
such  reallocation  by the  Agent  shall  not  effect  the  amount  of the Total
Commitment.

SECTION 3.2 Letters of Credit; Tranche C Commitment.

(1) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions  herein set forth, the Borrower
may  request a Fronting  Bank,  at any time and from time to time after the date
hereof and prior to the Termination  Date, to issue,  and,  subject to the terms
and conditions contained herein, such Fronting Bank shall issue, for the account
of the Borrower or a Guarantor one or more Tranche A Letters of Credit, provided
that no  Tranche A Letter of Credit  shall be issued if after  giving  effect to
such issuance (i) the aggregate  Tranche A Letter of Credit  Outstandings  shall
exceed  $320,000,000  (consisting  of a sublimit of (x)  $20,000,000  for import
documentary  letters  of credit  and (y)  $300,000,000  for  standby  letters of
credit)  or (ii) the  aggregate  Tranche A Letter of Credit  Outstandings,  when
added to the aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount of the  Revolving  Loans,
would  exceed the Total  Tranche A  Commitment  and,  provided  further  that no
Tranche A Letter of Credit  shall be issued  if the  Fronting  Bank  shall  have
received  notice  from  the  Agent  or the  Required  Tranche  A Banks  that the
conditions to such issuance have not been met.

(2) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions  herein set forth, the Borrower
may  request a Fronting  Bank,  at any time and from time to time after the date
hereof and prior to the Termination  Date, to issue,  and,  subject to the terms
and conditions contained herein, such Fronting Bank shall issue, for the account
of the  Borrower or a Guarantor  one or more Tranche C Letters of Credit (all of
which shall be standby Letters of Credit),  provided that no Tranche C Letter of
Credit shall be issued if after  giving  effect to such  issuance the  aggregate
Tranche  C Letter of  Credit  Outstandings  shall  exceed  the  Total  Tranche C
Commitment  of  $200,000,000  (as the  same  may be  reduced  from  time to time
pursuant to Section 2.09),  provided  further that no Tranche C Letter of Credit
shall be issued if the Fronting Bank shall have  received  notice from the Agent
or the Required  Tranche C Banks that the  conditions  to such issuance have not
been met.

(1)

(3) No Letter of Credit  shall  expire later than (i) 60 days after the Maturity
Date in the  case of  standby  Letters  of  Credit  issued  in  connection  with
performance  and bid  requirements  and (ii) in the case of all other Letters of
Credit,  the earlier of (x) one year from the date of the  issuance  thereof and
(y) 60 days after the Maturity Date, provided that if any Letter of Credit shall
be outstanding on the  Termination  Date, the Borrower shall, at or prior to the
Termination  Date, except as the Agent and the Fronting Bank may otherwise agree
in writing,  (A) cause all Letters of Credit which expire after the  Termination
Date to be returned to the Fronting Bank undrawn and marked  "cancelled"  or (B)
if the  Borrower  is unable to do so in whole or in part,  either (I)  provide a
"back-to-back"  letter  of  credit  to  one or  more  Fronting  Banks  in a form
satisfactory  to such  Fronting  Bank and the Agent (in their sole  discretion),
issued by a bank satisfactory to such Fronting Bank and the Agent (in their sole
discretion), in an amount equal to 105% of the then undrawn stated amount of all
outstanding  Letters of Credit issued by such Fronting Banks and/or (II) deposit
cash in the  Letter of  Credit  Account  in an amount  equal to 105% of the then
undrawn  stated  amount  of all  Letter  of Credit  Outstandings  as  collateral
security for the Borrower's  reimbursement  obligations in connection therewith,
such cash to be remitted to the Borrower upon the  expiration,  cancellation  or
other termination or satisfaction of such reimbursement obligations.

(4) The Borrower shall pay to each Fronting Bank, in addition to such other fees
and charges as are specifically  provided for in Section 2.20 hereof,  such fees
and charges in  connection  with the issuance and  processing  of the Letters of
Credit issued by such Fronting Bank as are customarily  imposed by such Fronting
Bank from time to time in connection with letter of credit transactions.

(5) Drafts drawn under each Tranche A Letter of Credit  shall be  reimbursed  by
the Borrower in Dollars not later than the first Business Day following the date
of draw and shall bear interest  from the date of draw until the first  Business
Day following  the date of draw at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate  Base
Rate plus 1-3/4% and  thereafter  until  reimbursed  in full at a rate per annum
equal to the  Alternate  Base Rate  plus  3-3/4%  (computed  on the basis of the
actual  number of days  elapsed over any year of 360 days).  The Borrower  shall
effect such  reimbursement (x) if such draw occurs prior to the Termination Date
(or the earlier date of termination of the Total Tranche A Commitment),  in cash
or through a  Borrowing  of  Revolving  Loans  without the  satisfaction  of the
conditions  precedent set forth in Section 4.02 or (y) if such draw occurs on or
after the  Termination  Date (or the earlier  date of  termination  of the Total
Tranche A Commitment), in cash.

(6) Drafts drawn under each Tranche C Letter of Credit  shall be  reimbursed  by
the Borrower in Dollars (i) not later than the first  Business Day following the
date of draw and  shall  bear  interest  from the date of draw  until  the first
Business  Day  following  the  date of draw at a rate  per  annum  equal  to the
Alternate  Base Rate plus 1-3/4% or (ii) at the option of the  Borrower,  on the
Termination Date and until so reimbursed in full the unreimbursed amount thereof
shall bear interest at a rate per annum as provided for in Section 2.07.

(1)

(7)  Immediately  upon the  issuance  of any  Tranche  A Letter of Credit by any
Fronting Bank, such Fronting Bank shall be deemed to have sold to each Tranche A
Bank other than such  Fronting  Bank and each such other Tranche A Bank shall be
deemed  unconditionally  and  irrevocably  to have  purchased from such Fronting
Bank, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation,  to
the extent of such  Tranche A Bank's  Commitment  Percentage,  in such Tranche A
Letter of Credit,  each drawing  thereunder and the  obligations of the Borrower
and the Guarantors under this Agreement with respect thereto. Upon any change in
the Tranche A Commitments  pursuant to Section  10.03,  it is hereby agreed that
with respect to all Tranche A Letter of Credit  Outstandings,  there shall be an
automatic  adjustment to the  participations  hereby  created to reflect the new
Commitment Percentages of the assigning and assignee Tranche A Banks. Any action
taken or  omitted by a Fronting  Bank  under or in  connection  with a Tranche A
Letter of  Credit,  if taken or omitted in the  absence of gross  negligence  or
willful  misconduct,  shall not  create  for such  Fronting  Bank any  resulting
liability to any other Tranche A Bank.

(8)  Immediately  upon the  issuance  of any  Tranche  C Letter of Credit by any
Fronting Bank, such Fronting Bank shall be deemed to have sold to each Tranche C
Bank other than such  Fronting  Bank and each such other Tranche C Bank shall be
deemed  unconditionally  and  irrevocably  to have  purchased from such Fronting
Bank, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation,  to
the extent of such  Tranche C Bank's  Commitment  Percentage,  in such Tranche C
Letter of Credit,  each drawing  thereunder and the  obligations of the Borrower
and the Guarantors under this Agreement with respect thereto. Upon any change in
the Tranche C Commitments  pursuant to Section  10.03,  it is hereby agreed that
with respect to all Tranche C Letter of Credit  Outstandings,  there shall be an
automatic  adjustment to the  participations  hereby  created to reflect the new
Commitment Percentages of the assigning and assignee Tranche C Banks. Any action
taken or  omitted by a Fronting  Bank  under or in  connection  with a Tranche C
Letter of  Credit,  if taken or omitted in the  absence of gross  negligence  or
willful  misconduct,  shall not  create  for such  Fronting  Bank any  resulting
liability to any other Tranche C Bank.

(9) In the event that a  Fronting  Bank  makes any  payment  under any Letter of
Credit and the Borrower  shall not have  reimbursed  such amount in full to such
Fronting Bank on the first Business Day following the date of draw, the Fronting
Bank shall promptly notify the Agent,  which shall promptly notify each Bank (as
applicable)   thereof,   and  each  Bank  (as  applicable)  shall  promptly  and
unconditionally pay to the Agent for the account of the Fronting Bank the amount
of such Bank's Commitment Percentage of such unreimbursed payment in Dollars and
in same day funds. If the Fronting Bank so notifies the Agent,  and the Agent so
notifies the  applicable  Banks prior to 11:00 a.m.  (New York City time) on any
Business Day,  such Banks shall make  available to the Fronting Bank such Bank's
Commitment Percentage of the amount of such payment on such Business Day in same
day funds.  If and to the extent such Bank shall not have so made its Commitment
Percentage of the amount of such payment  available to the Fronting  Bank,  such
Bank agrees to pay to such  Fronting  Bank,  forthwith  on demand  such  amount,
together with interest thereon,  for each day from such date until the date such
amount is paid to the Agent for the account of such Fronting Bank at the Federal
Funds  Effective Rate. The failure of any Bank (as applicable) to make available
to the Fronting Bank its  Commitment  Percentage of any payment under any Letter
of Credit (as  applicable)  shall not relieve any other Bank (as  applicable) of
its  obligation  hereunder to make available to the Fronting Bank its Commitment
Percentage of any payment under any such Letter of Credit on the date  required,
as  specified  above,  but no Bank shall be  responsible  for the failure of any
other Bank to make available to such Fronting Bank such other Bank's  Commitment
Percentage of any such payment. Whenever a Fronting Bank receives a payment of a
reimbursement obligation as to which it has received any payments from the Banks
pursuant to this paragraph,  such Fronting Bank shall pay to each Bank which has
paid its Commitment  Percentage  thereof,  in Dollars and in same day funds,  an
amount equal to such Bank's applicable Commitment Percentage thereof.

(1)

SECTION 3.3 Issuance.  Whenever the Borrower  desires a Fronting Bank to issue a
Letter of Credit, it shall give to such Fronting Bank and the Agent at least two
Business Days' prior written (including  telegraphic,  telex, facsimile or cable
communication)  notice  (or such  shorter  period as may be  agreed  upon by the
Agent,  the  Borrower and the Fronting  Bank)  specifying  the date on which the
proposed  Letter of Credit is to be issued (which shall be a Business  Day), the
stated amount of the Letter of Credit so requested,  the expiration date of such
Letter of Credit,  the name and address of the  beneficiary  thereof and whether
such Letter of Credit  shall be a Tranche A Letter of Credit or Tranche C Letter
of Credit.

SECTION 3.4 Nature of Letter of Credit Obligations Absolute.  The obligations of
the Borrower to reimburse the Banks for drawings made under any Letter of Credit
shall be unconditional  and irrevocable and shall be paid strictly in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement  under all  circumstances,  including,  without
limitation (it being  understood  that any such payment by the Borrower shall be
without  prejudice  to,  and shall not  constitute  a waiver  of, any rights the
Borrower  might have or might acquire as a result of the payment by the Fronting
Bank of any draft or the reimbursement by the Borrower thereof): (i) any lack of
validity or  enforceability  of any Letter of Credit;  (ii) the existence of any
claim,  setoff,  defense or other right which the Borrower or any  Guarantor may
have at any time against a beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or against any of
the Tranche A Banks or Tranche C Banks (as  applicable),  whether in  connection
with this  Agreement,  the  transactions  contemplated  herein or any  unrelated
transaction;  (iii) any draft,  demand,  certificate or other document presented
under  any  Letter  of Credit  proving  to be  forged,  fraudulent,  invalid  or
insufficient in any respect or any statement  therein being untrue or inaccurate
in any respect;  (iv) payment by a Fronting Bank of any Letter of Credit against
presentation of a demand,  draft or certificate or other document which does not
comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit;  (v) any other  circumstance  or
happening whatsoever, which is similar to any of the foregoing; or (vi) the fact
that any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

SECTION 3.5       Making of Loans.

(1) Except as contemplated  by Section 2.10,  Loans shall be either ABR Loans or
Eurodollar  Loans as the Borrower may request  subject to and in accordance with
this Section, provided that all Loans made pursuant to the same Borrowing shall,
unless otherwise  specifically  provided herein, be Loans of the same Type. Each
Tranche A Bank or Tranche B Bank may fulfill its Commitment (as applicable) with
respect to any Eurodollar Loan or ABR Loan by causing any lending office of such
Bank to make such Loan; provided that any such use of a lending office shall not
affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance  with the
terms of this Agreement. Each Tranche A Bank or Tranche B Bank shall, subject to
its overall  policy  considerations,  use  reasonable  efforts (but shall not be
obligated)  to select a lending  office  which will not result in the payment of
increased costs by the Borrower  pursuant to Section 2.14.  Subject to the other
provisions of this Section and the  provisions  of Section  2.11,  Borrowings of
Loans of more than one Type may be incurred at the same time,  provided  that no
more than fifteen (15) Borrowings of Eurodollar  Loans may be outstanding at any
time.

(1)

(2) The  Borrower  shall  give the  Agent  prior  notice  of the  making of each
Borrowing  of Revolving  Loans of at least three  Business  Days for  Eurodollar
Loans and one Business Day for ABR Loans;  such notice shall be irrevocable  and
shall specify the amount of the proposed Borrowing (which shall not be less than
$10,000,000  in the case of Eurodollar  Loans and  $5,000,000 in the case of ABR
Loans))  and  shall  contain  disbursement  instructions.  Such  notice,  to  be
effective,  must be received  by the Agent not later than 12:00  noon,  New York
City time,  on the third  Business Day in the case of  Eurodollar  Loans and the
first  Business Day in the case of ABR Loans,  preceding  the date on which such
Borrowing is to be made except as provided in the last  sentence of this Section
2.05(b). Such notice shall specify whether the Borrowing then being requested is
to be a Borrowing of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans. If no election is made as to
the Type of Loan,  such notice  shall be deemed a request for  Borrowing  of ABR
Loans. The Agent shall promptly notify each Tranche A Bank of its  proportionate
share of such Borrowing,  the date of such  Borrowing,  the Type of Borrowing or
Loans being  requested and the Interest  Period or Interest  Periods  applicable
thereto,  as appropriate.  On the borrowing date specified in such notice,  each
Tranche A Bank shall make its share of the Borrowing  available at the office of
the Agent at 270 Park  Avenue,  New York,  New York  10017,  no later than 12:00
noon, New York City time, in immediately  available  funds.  Upon receipt of the
funds made available by the Tranche A Banks to fund any Borrowing hereunder, the
Agent  shall  disburse  such  funds in the  manner  specified  in the  notice of
borrowing delivered by the Borrower and shall use reasonable efforts to make the
funds so received  from the Tranche A Banks  available  to the Borrower no later
than 2:00 p.m.  New York City time  (other  than as  provided  in the  following
sentence). With respect to ABR Loans of $25,000,000 or less, the Tranche A Banks
shall make such Borrowings available to the Borrower by 4:00 p.m., New York City
time,  on the same  Business Day that the Borrower  gives notice to the Agent of
such Borrowing by 12:00 noon, New York City time.

(1)

(3) The  Borrower  shall give the Agent  prior  notice of the making of the Term
Loans of at least three Business Days if the Term Loans or a portion thereof are
to be made as Eurodollar  Loans and one Business Day if the Term Loans are to be
made as ABR Loans; such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the amount
of the proposed  Borrowing that is to be made as a Eurodollar  Loan (which shall
not be less than  $10,000,000)  and the date thereof  (which shall be a Business
Day) and shall contain disbursement instructions.  Such notice, to be effective,
must be received by the Agent not later than 12:00 noon,  New York City time, on
the third  Business Day in the case of Eurodollar  Loans and the first  Business
Day in the case of ABR Loans,  preceding the date on which such  Borrowing is to
be made except as provided in the last  sentence of this Section  2.05(b).  Such
notice  shall  specify  whether the  Borrowing  then being  requested is to be a
Borrowing  of ABR Loans or  Eurodollar  Loans.  If no election is made as to the
Type of Loan,  such notice shall be deemed a request for Borrowing of ABR Loans.
The Agent shall promptly notify each Tranche B Bank of its  proportionate  share
of such Borrowing,  the date of such  Borrowing,  the Type of Borrowing or Loans
being requested and the Interest Period or Interest Periods applicable  thereto,
as appropriate.  On the borrowing date specified in such notice,  each Tranche B
Bank shall make its share of the Borrowing  available at the office of the Agent
at 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017, no later than 12:00 noon, New York
City  time,  in  immediately  available  funds.  Upon  receipt of the funds made
available  by the  Tranche B Banks to fund the Term Loans  hereunder,  the Agent
shall  disburse  such funds in the manner  specified  in the notice of borrowing
delivered by the Borrower and shall use reasonable  efforts to make the funds so
received  from the Tranche B Banks  available to the Borrower no later than 2:00
p.m. New York City time.

SECTION 3.6       Repayment of Loans and Unreimbursed Draws; Evidence of Debt.

(1) The  Borrower  hereby  unconditionally  promises to pay to the Agent for the
account of each Bank (as  applicable) the then unpaid  principal  amount of each
Loan and each unreimbursed draw under all Letters of Credit as set forth herein.

(2) Each  Bank (as  applicable)  shall  maintain  in  accordance  with its usual
practice an account or accounts  evidencing the  indebtedness of the Borrower to
such Bank  resulting from each Loan made by such Bank or  participation  in each
Letter of Credit in which such Bank is  participating,  including the amounts of
principal  and  interest  payable  and  paid  to  such  Bank  from  time to time
hereunder.

(3) The Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of
each Loan made hereunder,  the Type thereof and the Interest  Period  applicable
thereto,  and the amount of each  Letter of Credit  issued  hereunder,  (ii) the
amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable
from the Borrower to each Bank (as applicable) hereunder and (iii) the amount of
any sum  received  by the  Agent  hereunder  for the  account  of the  Banks (as
applicable) and each Bank's applicable share thereof.

(4) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c)
of this Section  shall be prima facie  evidence of the  existence and amounts of
the obligations  recorded therein;  provided that the failure of any Bank or the
Agent to maintain  such  accounts or any error  therein  shall not in any manner
affect  the  obligation  of the  Borrower  to repay the Loans or  reimburse  the
Letters of Credit in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(5) Any Bank may  request  that Loans made by it be  evidenced  by a  promissory
note. In such event,  the Borrower  shall  prepare,  execute and deliver to such
Bank a  promissory  note  payable to the order of such Bank (or, if requested by
such Bank,  to such Bank and its  registered  assigns) and in a form approved by
the Agent. Thereafter,  the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest
thereon  shall at all times  (including  after  assignment  pursuant  to Section
10.03) be  represented by one or more  promissory  notes in such form payable to
the  order  of the  payee  named  therein  (or,  if  such  promissory  note is a
registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

(1)


SECTION 3.7       Interest on Loans and Unreimbursed Draws.

(1)  Subject to the  provisions  of Section  2.08,  each ABR Loan (and each draw
under a Tranche C Letter of Credit that the  Borrower  has elected to pay on the
Termination  Date and that is to be maintained  with  reference to the Alternate
Base Rate) shall bear  interest  (computed on the basis of the actual  number of
days elapsed over a year of 360 days) at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate
Base Rate plus 1-3/4%.

(2) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.08,  each  Eurodollar  Loan (and each
draw under a Tranche C Letter of Credit that the  Borrower has elected to pay on
the Termination Date and that is to be maintained with reference to the Adjusted
LIBOR Rate) shall bear  interest  (computed on the basis of the actual number of
days  elapsed  over a year of 360 days) at a rate per annum  equal,  during each
Interest Period applicable thereto, to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for such Interest
Period in effect for such Borrowing plus 2-3/4%.

(3) Accrued  interest on all Loans (and all  unreimbursed  draws under Tranche C
Letters of Credit that the Borrower has elected to pay on the Termination  Date)
shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto, at
maturity  (whether by acceleration or otherwise),  after such maturity on demand
and (with respect to Eurodollar Loans) upon any repayment or prepayment  thereof
(on the amount prepaid).

SECTION 3.8 Default Interest. If the Borrower or any Guarantor,  as the case may
be, shall  default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Loan or
in the payment of any other amount  becoming due hereunder  (including,  without
limitation,  the  reimbursement  pursuant to Section 2.02(e) or (f) of any draft
drawn under a Letter of Credit that the Borrower has not, in the case of Tranche
C Letters of Credit,  elected to pay on the Termination Date), whether at stated
maturity, by acceleration or otherwise,  the Borrower or such Guarantor,  as the
case may be,  shall on demand  from  time to time pay  interest,  to the  extent
permitted by law, on such defaulted amount up to (but not including) the date of
actual payment (after as well as before  judgment) at a rate per annum (computed
on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) equal
to (x) in the case of Borrowings  consisting of Eurodollar Loans or unreimbursed
draws  under the  Tranche C Letters  of Credit  that are being  maintained  with
reference to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate, the Adjusted LIBOR Rate in effect for such
Borrowing  or  unreimbursed  draw plus  4-3/4%  and (y) in the case of all other
amounts, the Alternate Base Rate plus 3-3/4%.

SECTION 1.1


SECTION 3.9 Optional Termination or Reduction of Commitments.  Upon at least two
Business Days' prior written  notice to the Agent,  the Borrower may at any time
in whole permanently terminate, or from time to time in part permanently reduce,
the Unused Total  Tranche A Commitment or the Unused Total Tranche C Commitment.
Each such  reduction  of the  Commitments  shall be in the  principal  amount of
$5,000,000  or any  integral  multiple  thereof and shall be applied pro rata to
reduce the applicable  Commitment of each Bank so being reduced.  Simultaneously
with each reduction or termination of any of the Commitments, the Borrower shall
pay to the Agent for the  account of each  applicable  Bank the  Commitment  Fee
accrued on the amount of the  Commitment  of such Bank so  terminated or reduced
through the date thereof.

SECTION 3.10  Alternate  Rate of Interest.  In the event,  and on each occasion,
that on the day two  Business  Days prior to the  commencement  of any  Interest
Period  for  a  Eurodollar   Loan,  the  Agent  shall  have  determined   (which
determination  shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower absent manifest
error)  that  reasonable  means do not exist  for  ascertaining  the  applicable
Adjusted LIBOR Rate, the Agent shall,  as soon as practicable  thereafter,  give
written or  telegraphic  notice of such  determination  to the  Borrower and the
Banks,  and any request by the  Borrower  for a Borrowing  of  Eurodollar  Loans
(including  pursuant to a refinancing with Eurodollar Loans) pursuant to Section
2.05 or 2.11 shall be deemed a request for a Borrowing of ABR Loans.  After such
notice  shall have been given and until the  circumstances  giving  rise to such
notice no longer exist,  each request for a Borrowing of Eurodollar  Loans shall
be deemed to be a request for a Borrowing of ABR Loans.

SECTION 3.11  Refinancing of Loans.  The Borrower  shall have the right,  at any
time,  on three  Business  Days' prior  irrevocable  notice to the Agent  (which
notice,  to be  effective,  must be  received  by the Agent not later than 12:00
noon,  New York City time,  on the third  Business Day preceding the date of any
refinancing),  (x) to refinance  (without the satisfaction of the conditions set
forth in Section 4 as a condition to such refinancing) any outstanding Borrowing
or  Borrowings  of Loans of one Type (or a portion  thereof) with a Borrowing of
Loans of the other  Type  (including  in  respect  of the Term  Loans) or (y) to
continue an outstanding  Borrowing of Eurodollar  Loans (including in respect of
the Term Loans) for an additional Interest Period, subject to the following:

(1)      as a condition to the  refinancing of ABR Loans with  Eurodollar  Loans
         and to the continuation of Eurodollar Loans for an additional  Interest
         Period,  no Event of Default  shall have  occurred and be continuing at
         the time of such refinancing;

(2)      if less  than a full  Borrowing  of  Loans  shall be  refinanced,  such
         refinancing  shall be made pro rata among the Banks in accordance  with
         the respective principal amounts of the Loans comprising such Borrowing
         held by the Banks immediately prior to such refinancing;

(3)      the aggregate  principal  amount of Loans being  refinanced shall be at
         least $5,000,000,  provided that no partial  refinancing of a Borrowing
         of  Eurodollar  Loans shall result in the  Eurodollar  Loans  remaining
         outstanding  pursuant to such Borrowing being less than  $10,000,000 in
         aggregate principal amount;

(4)            each Bank shall effect each  refinancing by applying the proceeds
               of its new Eurodollar Loan or ABR Loan, as the case may be,
         to its Loan being refinanced;

(1)


(5)      the Interest  Period with respect to a Borrowing  of  Eurodollar  Loans
         effected by a refinancing  or in respect to the Borrowing of Eurodollar
         Loans being continued as Eurodollar Loans shall commence on the date of
         refinancing or the expiration of the current Interest Period applicable
         to such continuing Borrowing, as the case may be;

(6)        a Borrowing of Eurodollar  Loans may be  refinanced  only on the last
           day of an Interest Period applicable thereto; and

(7)      each request for a  refinancing  with a Borrowing of  Eurodollar  Loans
         which fails to state an applicable  Interest  Period shall be deemed to
         be a request for an Interest Period of one month.

In the event that the Borrower  shall not give notice to refinance any Borrowing
of Eurodollar Loans, or to continue such Borrowing as Eurodollar Loans, or shall
not be entitled to refinance or continue such Borrowing as Eurodollar  Loans, in
each case as provided above,  such Borrowing shall  automatically  be refinanced
with a Borrowing of ABR Loans at the  expiration  of the  then-current  Interest
Period.  The Agent shall,  after it receives notice from the Borrower,  promptly
give each Bank notice of any refinancing,  in whole or part, of any Loan made by
such Bank.

SECTION 3.12 Commitment Termination; Cash Collateral. Upon the Termination Date,
the Total  Commitment shall be terminated in full and the Borrower shall pay the
Loans and unreimbursed  draws under Letters of Credit in full and, except as the
Agent  may  otherwise  agree  in  writing,  if  any  Letter  of  Credit  remains
outstanding,  deposit into the Letter of Credit  Account an amount equal to 105%
of the amount by which the sum of the  aggregate  Letter of Credit  Outstandings
exceeds the amount of cash held in the Letter of Credit Account, such cash to be
remitted to the Borrower  upon the  expiration,  cancellation,  satisfaction  or
other termination of such  reimbursement  obligations,  or otherwise comply with
Section 2.02(c).

SECTION 3.13      Optional Prepayment of Loans; Reimbursement of Banks.

SECTION 1.1

(1) The  Borrower  shall  have the  right  at any time and from  time to time to
prepay any Loans or  unreimbursed  draws under  Tranche C Letters of Credit that
the Borrower has theretofore elected to pay on the Termination Date, in whole or
in part,  (x) with respect to  Eurodollar  Loans,  upon at least three  Business
Days' prior written, telex or facsimile notice to the Agent and (y) with respect
to ABR Loans on the same Business Day if written,  telex or facsimile  notice is
received by the Agent prior to 12:00 noon,  New York City time,  and  thereafter
upon at least one Business Day's prior written, telex or facsimile notice to the
Agent;  provided,  however,  that (i) each such partial  prepayment  shall be in
multiples  of  $5,000,000,  (ii) no  prepayment  of  Eurodollar  Loans  shall be
permitted  pursuant  to this  Section  2.13(a)  other than on the last day of an
Interest Period applicable  thereto unless such prepayment is accompanied by the
payment of the amounts  described in clause (i) of the first sentence of Section
2.13(b),  and (iii) no partial  prepayment  of a Borrowing of  Eurodollar  Loans
shall result in the aggregate principal amount of the Eurodollar Loans remaining
outstanding pursuant to such Borrowing being less than $10,000,000.  Each notice
of prepayment  shall specify the prepayment  date,  the principal  amount of the
Loans to be  prepaid  and in the case of  Eurodollar  Loans,  the  Borrowing  or
Borrowings  pursuant to which made,  shall be  irrevocable  and shall commit the
Borrower to prepay such Loan by the amount and on the date stated  therein.  The
Agent shall, promptly after receiving notice from the Borrower hereunder, notify
each Bank of the principal amount of the Loans held by such Bank which are to be
prepaid, the prepayment date and the manner of application of the prepayment.

(2) The Borrower shall reimburse each Bank on demand for any loss incurred or to
be incurred by it in the  reemployment  of the funds released (i) resulting from
any  prepayment  (for any  reason  whatsoever,  including,  without  limitation,
refinancing  with ABR Loans) of any Eurodollar  Loan required or permitted under
this  Agreement,  if such  Loan is  prepaid  other  than on the  last day of the
Interest  Period  for  such  Loan  (including,   without  limitation,  any  such
prepayment in connection with the  syndication of the credit facility  evidenced
by this  Agreement)  or (ii) in the event  that  after the  Borrower  delivers a
notice of borrowing  under  Section 2.05 in respect of  Eurodollar  Loans,  such
Loans are not made on the first day of the  Interest  Period  specified  in such
notice  of  borrowing  for any  reason  other  than a breach by such Bank of its
obligations hereunder. Such loss shall be the amount as reasonably determined by
such Bank as the excess,  if any, of (A) the amount of interest which would have
accrued to such Bank on the amount so paid or not borrowed at a rate of interest
equal to the Adjusted  LIBOR Rate for such Loan, for the period from the date of
such  payment  or failure to borrow to the last day (x) in the case of a payment
or refinancing  with ABR Loans other than on the last day of the Interest Period
for such Loan, of the then current  Interest Period for such Loan, or (y) in the
case of such failure to borrow, of the Interest Period for such Loan which would
have  commenced  on the date of such  failure to borrow,  over (B) the amount of
interest  which would have  accrued to such Bank on such amount by placing  such
amount on deposit  for a  comparable  period  with  leading  banks in the London
interbank market.  Each Bank shall deliver to the Borrower from time to time one
or more certificates setting forth the amount of such loss as determined by such
Bank.

(3) In the event the Borrower  fails to prepay any Loan on the date specified in
any prepayment  notice delivered  pursuant to Section  2.13(a),  the Borrower on
demand  by any Bank  shall pay to the  Agent  for the  account  of such Bank any
amounts required to compensate such Bank for any loss incurred by such Bank as a
result of such failure to prepay, including,  without limitation, any loss, cost
or expenses  incurred by reason of the acquisition of deposits or other funds by
such Bank to  fulfill  deposit  obligations  incurred  in  anticipation  of such
prepayment,  but without  duplication of any amounts paid under Section 2.13(b).
Each  Bank  shall  deliver  to the  Borrower  from  time  to  time  one or  more
certificates setting forth the amount of such loss as determined by such Bank.

(1)

(4) Any partial prepayment of the Loans by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.13
shall be applied first to Revolving  Loans and second to the pro rata payment of
the Term Loans and the unreimbursed draws under Tranche C Letters of Credit that
the Borrower has theretofore elected to pay on the Termination Date, and in each
case as to ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as specified by the Borrower or, in the
absence of such specification, as determined by the Agent, provided that in each
case no Eurodollar Loans shall be prepaid pursuant to Section 2.13 to the extent
that  such  Loan has an  Interest  Period  ending  after  the  required  date of
prepayment  unless and until all outstanding ABR Loans and Eurodollar Loans with
Interest Periods ending on such date have been repaid in full.

(5) Once prepaid, Term Loans may not be reborrowed.

SECTION 3.14      Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances.

(1)  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  herein,  if after  the date of this
Agreement any change in applicable law or regulation or in the interpretation or
administration   thereof  by  any  Governmental   Authority   charged  with  the
interpretation  or  administration  thereof  (whether or not having the force of
law) shall change the basis of taxation of payments to any Bank of the principal
of or  interest  on any  Eurodollar  Loan made by such Bank or any fees or other
amounts payable  hereunder (other than changes in respect of Taxes,  Other Taxes
and taxes imposed on, or measured by, the net income or overall  gross  receipts
or franchise  taxes of such Bank by the  jurisdiction in which such Bank has its
principal  office or in which the applicable  lending office for such Eurodollar
Loan is located or by any political  subdivision or taxing authority therein, or
by any other  jurisdiction or by any political  subdivision or taxing  authority
therein other than a jurisdiction in which such Bank would not be subject to tax
but for the  execution  and  performance  of this  Agreement),  or shall impose,
modify or deem applicable any reserve,  special  deposit or similar  requirement
against  assets of,  deposits  with or for the account of or credit  extended by
such  Bank  (except  any such  reserve  requirement  which is  reflected  in the
Adjusted LIBOR Rate) or shall impose on such Bank or the London interbank market
any other  condition  affecting this  Agreement or the Eurodollar  Loans made by
such Bank, and the result of any of the foregoing  shall be to increase the cost
to such Bank of making  or  maintaining  any  Eurodollar  Loan or to reduce  the
amount of any sum  received or  receivable  by such Bank  hereunder  (whether of
principal,  interest  or  otherwise)  by an  amount  deemed  by such  Bank to be
material,  then the Borrower will pay to such Bank in accordance  with paragraph
(c) below such  additional  amount or amounts as will  compensate  such Bank for
such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(1)

(2) If any Bank shall have determined that the adoption or  effectiveness  after
the date hereof of any law,  rule,  regulation  or guideline  regarding  capital
adequacy,  or any change in any of the  foregoing  or in the  interpretation  or
administration  of any of the foregoing by any governmental  authority,  central
bank or comparable  agency  charged with the  interpretation  or  administration
thereof,  or compliance by any Bank (or any lending  office of such Bank) or any
Bank's holding company with any request or directive  regarding capital adequacy
(whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority,  central bank or
comparable  agency,  has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return
on such Bank's capital or on the capital of such Bank's holding company, if any,
as a consequence of this Agreement, the Loans made by such Bank pursuant hereto,
such Bank's  Commitment  hereunder or the issuance of, or participation  in, any
Letter  of Credit by such Bank to a level  below  that  which  such Bank or such
Bank's  holding  company  could have achieved but for such  adoption,  change or
compliance  (taking into account Bank's policies and the policies of such Bank's
holding  company with respect to capital  adequacy) by an amount  deemed by such
Bank to be material,  then from time to time the Borrower shall pay to such Bank
such  additional  amount or amounts as will  compensate such Bank or such Bank's
holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(3) A certificate  of each Bank setting forth such amount or amounts as shall be
necessary  to  compensate  such Bank or its  holding  company  as  specified  in
paragraph  (a) or (b)  above,  as the case may be,  shall  be  delivered  to the
Borrower and shall be conclusive  absent manifest error.  The Borrower shall pay
each Bank the amount shown as due on any such certificate delivered to it within
10 days after its receipt of the same. Any Bank receiving any such payment shall
promptly make a refund thereof to the Borrower if the law, regulation, guideline
or change in circumstances giving rise to such payment is subsequently deemed or
held to be invalid or inapplicable.

(4)  Failure on the part of any Bank to demand  compensation  for any  increased
costs or reduction in amounts  received or  receivable or reduction in return on
capital with respect to any period shall not  constitute a waiver of such Bank's
right to demand  compensation  with respect to such period or any other  period.
The protection of this Section shall be available to each Bank regardless of any
possible  contention of the  invalidity  or  inapplicability  of the law,  rule,
regulation,  guideline or other change or condition which shall have occurred or
been imposed.

SECTION 3.15      Change in Legality.

(1)  Notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary  contained  elsewhere  in  this
Agreement,  if (x) any  change  after the date of this  Agreement  in any law or
regulation  or in  the  interpretation  thereof  by any  Governmental  Authority
charged  with the  administration  thereof  shall make it unlawful for a Bank to
make or  maintain a  Eurodollar  Loan or to give  effect to its  obligations  as
contemplated  hereby with  respect to a  Eurodollar  Loan or (y) at any time any
Bank  determines  that the making or continuance of any of its Eurodollar  Loans
has become  impracticable as a result of a contingency  occurring after the date
hereof which adversely  affects the London  interbank  market or the position of
such Bank in such market, then, by written notice to the Borrower, such Bank may
(i)  declare  that  Eurodollar  Loans will not  thereafter  be made by such Bank
hereunder,  whereupon  any request by the Borrower  for a  Eurodollar  Borrowing
shall,  as to such Bank only,  be deemed a request  for an ABR Loan  unless such
declaration  shall  be  subsequently  withdrawn;   and  (ii)  require  that  all
outstanding  Eurodollar  Loans made by it be  converted  to ABR Loans,  in which
event all such Eurodollar Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans as
of the effective date of such notice as provided in paragraph (b) below.  In the
event any Bank  shall  exercise  its  rights  under  clause  (i) or (ii) of this
paragraph (a), all payments and  prepayments of principal  which would otherwise
have been  applied  to repay the  Eurodollar  Loans that would have been made by
such Bank or the  converted  Eurodollar  Loans of such  Bank  shall  instead  be
applied to repay the ABR Loans made by such Bank in lieu of, or  resulting  from
the conversion of, such Eurodollar Loans.

(1)

(2) For  purposes of this  Section  2.15,  a notice to the  Borrower by any Bank
pursuant  to  paragraph  (a) above  shall be  effective,  if lawful,  and if any
Eurodollar Loans shall then be outstanding,  on the last day of the then-current
Interest  Period,  otherwise,  such  notice  shall be  effective  on the date of
receipt by the Borrower.

SECTION 3.16 Pro Rata  Treatment,  etc. All payments and repayments of principal
and  interest in respect of the Loans and  unreimbursed  draws under  Letters of
Credit  (except as provided  in  Sections  2.14 and 2.15) shall be made pro rata
among the applicable  Banks in accordance  with the then  outstanding  principal
amount of the Loans and/or  participations in Letter of Credit  Outstandings and
all outstanding  undrawn Letters of Credit (and the unreimbursed amount of drawn
Letters of Credit)  hereunder and all payments of Commitment  Fees and Letter of
Credit Fees (other than those payable to a Fronting Bank) shall be made pro rata
among the applicable Banks in accordance with their Commitments. All payments by
the Borrower hereunder shall be (i) net of any tax applicable to the Borrower or
Guarantor and (ii) made in Dollars in immediately  available funds at the office
of the  Agent by 12:00  noon,  New York  City  time,  on the date on which  such
payment  shall be due.  Interest in respect of any Loan  hereunder  shall accrue
from and including the date of such Loan to but excluding the date on which such
Loan is paid in full or converted to a Loan of a different Type.

SECTION 3.17      Taxes.

SECTION 1.1

(1) Any and all payments by the  Borrower or any  Guarantor  hereunder  shall be
made free and clear of and without  deduction  for any and all current or future
taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities
with  respect  thereto,  excluding  (i) taxes  imposed on or measured by the net
income or overall gross  receipts of the Agent or any Bank (or any transferee or
assignee thereof, including a participation holder (any such entity being called
a  "Transferee"))  and  franchise  taxes  imposed  on the  Agent or any Bank (or
Transferee) by the United States or any jurisdiction under the laws of which the
Agent or any such Bank (or  Transferee)  is organized or in which the applicable
lending  office of any such Bank (or  Transferee)  is located  or any  political
subdivision thereof or by any other jurisdiction or by any political subdivision
or taxing authority therein other than a jurisdiction in which the Agent or such
Bank (or  Transferee)  would not be  subject  to tax but for the  execution  and
performance  of this  Agreement  and (ii) taxes,  levies,  imposts,  deductions,
charges or withholdings ("Amounts") with respect to payments hereunder to a Bank
(or  Transferee)  in accordance  with laws in effect on the later of the date of
this  Agreement  and the date  such  Bank  (or  Transferee)  becomes  a Bank (or
Transferee,  as the case may be), but not  excluding,  with respect to such Bank
(or  Transferee),  any increase in such Amounts solely as a result of any change
in such laws occurring  after such later date or any Amounts that would not have
been imposed but for actions (other than actions contemplated by this Agreement)
taken by the Borrower after such later date (all such nonexcluded taxes, levies,
imposts,  deductions,  charges,  withholdings and liabilities  being hereinafter
referred to as "Taxes").  If the Borrower or any Guarantor  shall be required by
law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable  hereunder  to the
Banks (or any  Transferee) or the Agent,  (i) the sum payable shall be increased
by the amount necessary so that after making all required deductions  (including
deductions  applicable to additional  sums payable under this Section) such Bank
(or  Transferee) or the Agent (as the case may be) shall receive an amount equal
to the sum it would have  received had no such  deductions  been made,  (ii) the
Borrower  shall make such  deductions  and (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full
amount deducted to the relevant taxing authority or other Governmental Authority
in accordance with applicable law.

(2) In  addition,  the  Borrower  agrees to pay any  current or future  stamp or
documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges, assessments or
similar levies that arise from any payment made hereunder or from the execution,
delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any
other Loan Document (hereinafter referred to as "Other Taxes").

(3) The Borrower will indemnify each Bank (or  Transferee) and the Agent for the
full  amount of Taxes and Other Taxes paid by such Bank (or  Transferee)  or the
Agent, as the case may be, and any liability (including penalties,  interest and
expenses) arising  therefrom or with respect thereto,  whether or not such Taxes
or Other  Taxes  were  correctly  or legally  asserted  by the  relevant  taxing
authority or other Governmental  Authority.  Such indemnification  shall be made
within 30 days after the date any Bank (or Transferee) or the Agent, as the case
may be, makes written demand  therefor.  If a Bank (or  Transferee) or the Agent
shall  become  aware that it is entitled to receive a refund in respect of Taxes
or Other Taxes as to which it has been  indemnified by the Borrower  pursuant to
this Section,  it shall promptly notify the Borrower of the availability of such
refund and shall,  within 30 days  after  receipt of a request by the  Borrower,
apply for such refund at the Borrower's  expense. If any Bank (or Transferee) or
the Agent  receives a refund in respect of any Taxes or Other  Taxes as to which
it has been  indemnified  by the  Borrower  pursuant to this  Section,  it shall
promptly  notify the  Borrower  of such  refund and shall,  within 30 days after
receipt of a request by the Borrower (or promptly upon receipt,  if the Borrower
has requested application for such refund pursuant hereto), repay such refund to
the Borrower (to the extent of amounts that have been paid by the Borrower under
this Section with respect to such refund plus  interest  that is received by the
Bank  (or  Transferee)  or  the  Agent  as  part  of  the  refund),  net  of all
out-of-pocket  expenses  of such Bank (or  Transferee)  or the Agent and without
additional  interest  thereon;  provided that the Borrower,  upon the request of
such Bank (or  Transferee)  or the Agent,  agrees to return  such  refund  (plus
penalties,  interest or other charges) to such Bank (or Transferee) or the Agent
in the event such Bank (or  Transferee)  or the Agent is  required to repay such
refund.  Nothing  contained in this  subsection  (c) shall  require any Bank (or
Transferee)  or the Agent to make available any of its tax returns (or any other
information relating to its taxes that it deems to be confidential).

(4)  Within  30 days  after  the date of any  payment  of  Taxes or Other  Taxes
withheld by the  Borrower in respect of any payment to any Bank (or  Transferee)
or the Agent, the Borrower will furnish to the Agent, at its address referred to
on the  signature  pages hereof,  the original or a certified  copy of a receipt
evidencing payment thereof.

(5) Without  prejudice to the survival of any other agreement  contained herein,
the  agreements  and  obligations  contained in this Section  shall  survive the
payment in full of the principal of and interest on all Loans made hereunder.

(1)


(6) Each Bank (or Transferee) that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction
outside  the  United  States  shall,  if  legally  able to do so,  prior  to the
immediately following due date of any payment by the Borrower hereunder, deliver
to the Borrower such certificates,  documents or other evidence,  as required by
the Code or Treasury Regulations issued pursuant thereto, including (A) Internal
Revenue  Service Form W-8 or W-9 and (B) Internal  Revenue  Service Form 1001 or
Form 4224 and any other  certificate  or  statement  of  exemption  required  by
Treasury Regulation Section 1.1441-1,  1.1441-4 or 1.1441-6(c) or any subsequent
version thereof or successors  thereto,  properly completed and duly executed by
such Bank (or Transferee)  establishing  that such payment is (i) not subject to
United  States  Federal  withholding  tax under the Code because such payment is
effectively  connected with the conduct by such Bank (or  Transferee) of a trade
or  business in the United  States or (ii)  totally  exempt  from United  States
Federal  withholding  tax or  subject  to a  reduced  rate of such  tax  under a
provision of an  applicable  tax treaty.  Unless the Borrower and the Agent have
received forms or other  documents  satisfactory  to them  indicating  that such
payments  hereunder are not subject to United States Federal  withholding tax or
are  subject to such tax at a rate  reduced by an  applicable  tax  treaty,  the
Borrower or the Agent shall  withhold taxes from such payments at the applicable
statutory rate.

(7) The Borrower shall not be required to pay any additional amounts to any Bank
(or Transferee) in respect of United States Federal  withholding tax pursuant to
subsection (a) above if the obligation to pay such additional  amounts would not
have  arisen but for a failure by such Bank (or  Transferee)  to comply with the
provisions of subsection (f) above.

(8) Any Bank (or Transferee) claiming any additional amounts payable pursuant to
this  Section  2.17  shall use  reasonable  efforts  (consistent  with legal and
regulatory  restrictions)  to file any certificate or document  requested by the
Borrower or to change the  jurisdiction of its applicable  lending office if the
making of such a filing or change  would avoid the need for or reduce the amount
of any such additional  amounts that may thereafter accrue and would not, in the
sole  reasonable  determination  of such  Bank  (or  Transferee),  be  otherwise
materially disadvantageous to such Bank (or Transferee).

SECTION  3.18  Certain  Fees.  The  Borrower  shall  pay to the  Agent,  for the
respective  accounts  of the  Agent  and the  Banks,  the fees set forth in that
certain letter dated June 4, 1999 among the Agent, Chase Securities Inc. and the
Borrower.

SECTION 1.1

SECTION 3.19  Commitment  Fee. The Borrower  shall pay to the Agent on behalf of
the Banks (as applicable) a commitment fee (the "Commitment Fee") for the period
commencing on the date the Commitment Letter is executed to the Termination Date
or the earlier date of termination of any of the  Commitments,  computed (on the
basis of the actual  number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) at the rate
of one-half of one percent  (1/2%) per annum on the average  daily  Unused Total
Tranche A Commitment,  Unused Total Tranche B Commitment or Unused Total Tranche
C Commitment (as  applicable).  Such Commitment Fee, to the extent then accrued,
shall be payable (x)  monthly,  in  arrears,  on the last  calendar  day of each
month,  (y) on the Termination  Date and (z) as provided in Section 2.09 hereof,
upon any reduction or termination in whole or in part of any of the Commitments.

SECTION 3.20 Letter of Credit Fees.  The Borrower shall pay with respect to each
Letter of Credit (i) to the Agent on behalf of the Tranche A Banks and Tranche C
Banks (as  applicable)  a fee  calculated  (on the basis of the actual number of
days elapsed  over a year of 360 days) at the rate of (x) two and  three-quarter
percent  (2-3/4%)  per  annum on the  daily  average  Tranche A Letter of Credit
Outstandings  and  Tranche  C  Letter  of  Credit  Outstandings  and (ii) to the
Fronting Bank such Fronting Bank's  customary fees for issuance,  amendments and
processing referred to in Section 2.02. In addition,  the Borrower agrees to pay
each  Fronting  Bank for its account a fronting fee in respect of each Letter of
Credit issued by such Fronting  Bank, for the period from and including the date
of issuance of such Letter of Credit to and including the date of termination of
such  Letter  of  Credit,  computed  at a rate,  and  payable  at  times,  to be
determined  by such  Fronting  Bank,  the Borrower  and the Agent.  Accrued fees
described  in clause (i) of the first  sentence of this  paragraph in respect of
each Letter of Credit  shall be due and  payable  monthly in arrears on the last
calendar day of each month and on the Termination  Date, or such earlier date as
the Total  Tranche A Commitment  or Total  Tranche C Commitment  is  terminated.
Accrued fees described in clause (ii) of the first sentence of this paragraph in
respect of each Letter of Credit shall be payable at times to be  determined  by
the Fronting Bank, the Borrower and the Agent.

SECTION  3.21  Nature  of Fees.  All Fees  shall be paid on the  dates  due,  in
immediately  available  funds,  to the Agent for the respective  accounts of the
Agent and the Banks, as provided  herein and in the letter  described in Section
2.18. Once paid, none of the Fees shall be refundable under any circumstances.

SECTION 1.1

SECTION 3.22 Priority and Liens. The Borrower and each of the Guarantors  hereby
covenants,  represents  and warrants  that,  upon entry of the Interim Order (i)
pursuant to Section  364(c)(1) of the Bankruptcy  Code,  the  Obligations of the
Borrower  and the  Guarantors  hereunder  and  under the Loan  Documents  and in
respect of Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.03(vi) and Indebtedness permitted
by Section 6.03(ix) that is owed to Banks shall at all times constitute  allowed
administrative   expense   claims  in  the  Cases  having   priority   over  all
administrative  expenses of the kind  specified in Sections  503(b) or 507(b) of
the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) pursuant to Section  364(c)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code,
the Obligations of the Borrower and the Guarantors  hereunder and under the Loan
Documents  and in respect of  Indebtedness  permitted  by Section  6.03(vi)  and
Indebtedness  permitted by Section  6.03(ix)  that is owed to Banks shall at all
times be secured by (A) a pledge of the capital stock of the direct wholly-owned
Subsidiaries of the Borrower and the Guarantors (limited, in the case of foreign
subsidiaries,  to 65% of the  outstanding  shares  thereof  or  other  ownership
interests  therein)  and  (B) a  perfected  first  priority  Lien  on  all  cash
maintained  in the Letter of Credit  Account and any direct  investments  of the
funds contained therein,  subject only to (x) in the event of the occurrence and
during the continuance of an Event of Default or an event that would  constitute
an Event of  Default  with the  giving of  notice or lapse of time or both,  and
after the occurrence of the Termination  Date, the payment of allowed and unpaid
professional fees and disbursements incurred by the Borrower, the Guarantors and
any statutory  committees  appointed in the Cases in an aggregate  amount not in
excess of  $5,000,000  and (y) the payment of unpaid fees  pursuant to 28 U.S.C.
ss.  1930   (collectively,   the  "Carve-Out"),   provided  that  following  the
Termination Date amounts in the Letter of Credit Account shall not be subject to
the  Carve-Out.  The Banks  agree  that so long as no Event of  Default or event
which  with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both  would  constitute  an
Event of Default shall have occurred,  the Borrower and the Guarantors  shall be
permitted to pay compensation and  reimbursement of expenses allowed and payable
under 11  U.S.C.  ss.  330 and 11  U.S.C.  ss.  331,  as the same may be due and
payable, and the same shall not reduce the Carve-Out.

SECTION 3.23 Right of Set-Off.  Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01,  upon
the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Agent and
each Bank is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest
extent  permitted  by law and without  further  order of or  application  to the
Bankruptcy Court, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special,
time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at
any time  owing by the  Agent  and each  such  Bank to or for the  credit or the
account of the Borrower or any Guarantor  against any and all of the obligations
of  such  Borrower  or  Guarantor  now or  hereafter  existing  under  the  Loan
Documents,  irrespective  of whether or not such Bank shall have made any demand
under any Loan Document and although  such  obligations  may be unmatured.  Each
Bank and the Agent agrees  promptly to notify the Borrower and Guarantors  after
any such set-off and application  made by such Bank or by the Agent, as the case
may be,  provided  that the  failure  to give such  notice  shall not affect the
validity of such set-off and application.  The rights of each Bank and the Agent
under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies  which such Bank
and the Agent may have upon the  occurrence  and during the  continuance  of any
Event of Default.

SECTION 3.24 Security Interest in Letter of Credit Account.  Pursuant to Section
364(c)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Borrower and the Guarantors  hereby assign
and pledge to the Agent,  for its  benefit  and for the  ratable  benefit of the
Banks,  and  hereby  grant to the Agent,  for its  benefit  and for the  ratable
benefit of the Banks, a first priority  security  interest,  senior to all other
Liens,  if any, in all of the Borrower's and the  Guarantors'  right,  title and
interest in and to the Letter of Credit Account and any direct investment of the
funds contained therein.

SECTION 3.25 Payment of Obligations.  Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01,
upon  the  maturity  (whether  by  acceleration  or  otherwise)  of  any  of the
Obligations  under  this  Agreement  or any of the other Loan  Documents  of the
Borrower and the Guarantors, the Banks shall be entitled to immediate payment of
such  Obligations  without  further  application  to or order of the  Bankruptcy
Court.

SECTION 1.1


SECTION  3.26 No  Discharge;  Survival of Claims.  Each of the  Borrower and the
Guarantors agrees that (i) its obligations  hereunder shall not be discharged by
the  entry of an order  confirming  a Plan of  Reorganization  (and  each of the
Borrower and the  Guarantors,  pursuant to Section  1141(d)(4) of the Bankruptcy
Code, hereby waives any such discharge) and (ii) the Superpriority Claim granted
to the Agent and the Banks  pursuant to the Order and  described in Section 2.22
and the Liens  granted  to the Agent  pursuant  to the  Order and  described  in
Sections  2.22 and 2.24 shall not be  affected  in any manner by the entry of an
order confirming a Plan of Reorganization.

SECTION 4.         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

                  In order to induce  the Banks to make  Loans and issue  and/or
participate  in  Letters  of  Credit  hereunder,  the  Borrower  and each of the
Guarantors jointly and severally represent and warrant as follows:

SECTION 4.1 Organization and Authority.  Each of the Borrower and the Guarantors
(i) is a corporation  duly organized and validly  existing under the laws of the
State of its incorporation and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and is
in good standing in each  jurisdiction  in which the failure to so qualify would
have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operations, business,
properties or assets of the Borrower and the Guarantors  taken as a whole;  (ii)
has the  requisite  corporate  power and  authority  to effect the  transactions
contemplated hereby, and by the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, and
(iii) has all  requisite  corporate  power and  authority and the legal right to
own, pledge, mortgage and operate its properties, and to conduct its business as
now or currently proposed to be conducted.

SECTION 4.2 Due Execution.  The execution,  delivery and  performance by each of
the Borrower and the  Guarantors of each of the Loan  Documents to which it is a
party (i) are within the respective corporate powers of each of the Borrower and
the  Guarantors,  have been duly  authorized by all necessary  corporate  action
including the consent of shareholders where required,  and do not (A) contravene
the charter or by-laws of any of the Borrower or the Guarantors, (B) violate any
law  (including,  without  limitation,  the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934) or
regulation (including, without limitation, Regulations T, U or X of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or any order or decree of any court or
governmental  instrumentality,  (C)  conflict  with or result in a breach of, or
constitute a default under,  any material  indenture,  mortgage or deed of trust
entered  into after the Filing Date or any  material  lease,  agreement or other
instrument  entered  into after the Filing Date  binding on the  Borrower or the
Guarantors or any of their properties,  or (D) result in or require the creation
or imposition of any Lien upon any of the property of any of the Borrower or the
Guarantors other than the Liens granted  pursuant to this Agreement;  and do not
require the consent,  authorization  by or approval of or notice to or filing or
registration with any Governmental Authority other than the entry of the Orders.
This  Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each of the Borrower and
the Guarantors. This Agreement is, and each of the other Loan Documents to which
the Borrower and each of the  Guarantors is or will be a party,  when  delivered
hereunder or thereunder,  will be, a legal,  valid and binding obligation of the
Borrower  and  each  Guarantor,  as the  case may be,  enforceable  against  the
Borrower and the  Guarantors,  as the case may be, in accordance  with its terms
and the terms of the Orders.

SECTION 1.1

SECTION 4.3 Statements  Made. The information that has been delivered in writing
by the Borrower or any of the Guarantors to the Agent or to the Bankruptcy Court
in connection  with any Loan  Document,  and any financial  statement  delivered
pursuant  hereto or thereto  (other than to the extent that any such  statements
constitute  projections),  taken as a whole and in light of the circumstances in
which made, contains no untrue statement of a material fact and does not omit to
state a material fact necessary to make such statements not misleading;  and, to
the extent that any such information constitutes  projections,  such projections
were prepared in good faith on the basis of assumptions,  methods,  data,  tests
and  information  believed by the Borrower or such Guarantor to be reasonable at
the time such projections were furnished.

SECTION 4.4  Financial  Statements.  The Borrower has  furnished  the Banks with
copies of (i) the audited consolidated  financial statement and schedules of the
Borrower  for the fiscal  year ended  October  31,  1998 and (ii) the  unaudited
consolidated  financial  statement  and schedules of the Borrower for the fiscal
quarter ended January 31, 1999.  Such  financial  statements  present fairly the
financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and the Guarantors
on a  consolidated  basis as of such dates and for such  periods;  such  balance
sheets and the notes thereto disclose all liabilities,  direct or contingent, of
the Borrower and the Guarantors as of the dates thereof required to be disclosed
by GAAP and such financial  statements were prepared in a manner consistent with
GAAP,  subject (in the case of such fiscal quarter statement) to normal year end
adjustments. No material adverse change in the operations, business, properties,
assets,  prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and the
Guarantors, taken as a whole, has occurred from that set forth in the Borrower's
consolidated  financial statements for the fiscal quarter ended January 31, 1999
other than as disclosed in the  Borrower's  June 1, 1999 press release and those
which  customarily  occur and as a result of events  leading up to and following
the commencement of a proceeding under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and (y)
the commencement of the Cases.

SECTION  4.5  Ownership.  Each  of the  Persons  listed  on  Schedule  3.05 is a
wholly-owned  (except  as  described  on  Schedule  3.05),  direct  or  indirect
Subsidiary of the Borrower, and the Borrower owns no other Subsidiaries, whether
directly or indirectly, other than as set forth on Schedule 3.05.

SECTION 4.6 Liens.  Except for Liens existing on the Filing Date as reflected on
Schedule 3.06, there are no Liens of any nature  whatsoever on any assets of the
Borrower or any of the Guarantors other than: (i) Permitted Liens and (ii) Liens
in favor of the Agent and the Banks. Neither the Borrower nor the Guarantors are
parties to any contract,  agreement,  lease or  instrument  the  performance  of
which, either  unconditionally or upon the happening of an event, will result in
or require the creation of a Lien on any assets of the Borrower or any Guarantor
or otherwise  result in a violation of this Agreement other than Permitted Liens
and the  Liens  granted  to the  Agent  and the  Banks as  provided  for in this
Agreement.

SECTION 4.7       Compliance with Law.

SECTION 1.1

(1) (i) The operations of the Borrower and the Guarantors comply in all material
respects  with all  applicable  environmental,  health and safety  statutes  and
regulations,  including,  without limitation,  regulations promulgated under the
Resource  Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. ss.ss. 6901 et seq.); (ii) to
the Borrower's and each of the Guarantor's knowledge,  none of the operations of
the  Borrower  or  the  Guarantors  is  the  subject  of any  Federal  or  state
investigation  evaluating  whether  any  remedial  action  involving  a material
expenditure  by the Borrower or any  Guarantor is needed to respond to a release
of any Hazardous Waste or Hazardous  Substance (as such terms are defined in any
applicable  state  or  Federal   environmental  law  or  regulations)  into  the
environment;  and (iii) to the Borrower's and each of the Guarantor's knowledge,
the Borrower and the Guarantors do not have any material contingent liability in
connection with any release of any Hazardous  Waste or Hazardous  Substance into
the environment.

(2) Neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor is, to the best of its knowledge,  in
violation  of any law,  rule or  regulation,  or in default  with respect to any
judgment, writ, injunction or decree of any Governmental Authority the violation
of which,  or a default  with  respect to which,  would have a material  adverse
effect on the financial condition, operations, business, properties or assets of
the Borrower and the Guarantors taken as a whole.

SECTION 4.8 Insurance.  All policies of insurance of any kind or nature owned by
or issued to the Borrower and the  Guarantors,  including,  without  limitation,
policies of life, fire, theft,  product  liability,  public liability,  property
damage,  other casualty,  employee  fidelity,  workers'  compensation,  employee
health and welfare,  title, property and liability insurance,  are in full force
and effect and are of a nature and provide such coverage as is sufficient and as
is  customarily  carried by companies of the size and  character of the Borrower
and the Guarantors.

SECTION  4.9 The Orders.  On the date of the making of the initial  Loans or the
issuance of the initial Letters of Credit hereunder, whichever first occurs, the
Interim  Order will have been  entered and will not have been  stayed,  amended,
vacated,  reversed  or  rescinded.  On the date of the making of any Loan or the
issuance of any Letter of Credit,  the Interim Order or the Final Order,  as the
case may be,  shall have been entered and shall not have been  amended,  stayed,
vacated  or  rescinded.  Upon  the  maturity  (whether  by the  acceleration  or
otherwise)  of  any of  the  obligations  of the  Borrower  and  the  Guarantors
hereunder and under the other Loan  Documents,  the Banks shall,  subject to the
provisions  of  Section   7.01,  be  entitled  to  immediate   payment  of  such
obligations, and to enforce the remedies provided for hereunder, without further
application to or order by the Bankruptcy Court.

SECTION  4.10 Use of  Proceeds.  The  proceeds  of the  Loans  shall be used for
working  capital  and  general  corporate  purposes  of  the  Borrower  and  the
Guarantors.

SECTION 1.1

SECTION  4.11  Litigation.  Except as set forth on Schedule  3.11,  there are no
unstayed  actions,  suits or  proceedings  pending or, to the  knowledge  of the
Borrower or the Guarantors,  threatened against or affecting the Borrower or the
Guarantors  or  any  of  their  respective  properties,   before  any  court  or
governmental department,  commission,  board, bureau, agency or instrumentality,
domestic or foreign,  which is reasonably  likely to be determined  adversely to
the Borrower or the Guarantors  and, if so determined  adversely to the Borrower
or the  Guarantors  would  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on the  financial
condition, business, properties, prospects, operations or assets of the Borrower
and the Guarantors, taken as a whole.

SECTION 4.12 Year 2000.  The cost to the Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  of any
reprogramming  required to permit the proper  functioning,  in and following the
year 2000, of (i) the computer  systems of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and
(ii) equipment  containing embedded microchips  (including systems and equipment
supplied  by others or with  which the  Borrower's  systems  interface)  and the
testing  of all  such  systems  and  equipment,  as so  reprogrammed  and of the
reasonably  foreseeable  consequences  of  year  2000  to the  Borrower  and its
Subsidiaries  (including,  without  limitation,  reprogramming  errors  and  the
failure of others'  systems or  equipment)  would not  reasonably be expected to
result in an Event of Default  or event,  which with the giving of notice or the
passage of time or both would  constitute an Event of Default or have a material
adverse effect on the operations,  business,  properties or condition (financial
or otherwise)  of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries,  taken as a whole.  To the
knowledge of the Borrower,  except for such of the reprogramming  referred to in
the  preceding  sentence  as may  be  necessary,  the  computer  and  management
information  systems of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are and, with ordinary
course  upgrading  and  maintenance  and  planned  systems   conversions  and/or
upgrades,  will continue to be, sufficient to permit the Borrower to conduct its
businesses  without  material  adverse  effect  on  the  operations,   business,
properties  or  condition  (financial  or  otherwise)  of the  Borrower  and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

SECTION 5.         CONDITIONS OF LENDING

SECTION 5.1 Conditions  Precedent to Initial Revolving Loans and Initial Tranche
A Letters of Credit.  The obligation of the Banks to make the initial  Revolving
Loans or the Fronting Bank to issue the initial Letter of Credit,  whichever may
occur first, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(1)      Supporting Documents.  The Agent shall have received for the Borrower
               (and to the extent available the Guarantors):
- -----------------------------

(1)      a copy of such entity's certificate of incorporation,  as amended,
               certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of
                  the state of its incorporation;

(2)               a certificate of such Secretary of State, dated as of a recent
                  date,  as to the good standing of and payment of taxes by that
                  entity and as to the charter  documents  on file in the office
                  of such Secretary of State; and

(1)


(3)  a  certificate  of the  Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary of that entity
     dated  the  date of the  initial  Loans or the  initial  Letter  of  Credit
     hereunder, whichever first occurs, and certifying (A) that attached thereto
     is a true and  complete  copy of the by-laws of that entity as in effect on
     the date of such  certification,  (B) that  attached  thereto is a true and
     complete  copy of  resolutions  adopted by the Board of  Directors  of that
     entity   authorizing  the  Borrowings  and  Letter  of  Credit   extensions
     hereunder, the execution, delivery and performance in accordance with their
     respective  terms of this  Agreement,  the  Loan  Documents  and any  other
     documents required or contemplated hereunder or thereunder and the granting
     of the  security  interest in the Letter of Credit  Account and other Liens
     contemplated  hereby,  (C) that the  certificate of  incorporation  of that
     entity has not been amended  since the date of the last  amendment  thereto
     indicated on the certificate of the Secretary of State  furnished  pursuant
     to clause (i) above and (D) as to the incumbency and specimen  signature of
     each officer of that entity executing this Agreement and the Loan Documents
     or any other document  delivered by it in connection  herewith or therewith
     (such  certificate to contain a  certification  by another  officer of that
     entity as to the  incumbency  and  signature  of the  officer  signing  the
     certificate referred to in this clause (iii)).

(2)      Interim Order. At the time of the making of the initial Revolving Loans
         or at the time of the  issuance  of the  initial  Tranche A Letters  of
         Credit,  whichever  first  occurs,  the Agent and the Banks  shall have
         received  a  certified  copy of an  order  of the  Bankruptcy  Court in
         substantially  the form of Exhibit A-1 (the "Interim Order")  approving
         the Loan  Documents  and  granting the  Superpriority  Claim status and
         Liens  described in Section 2.22 which (i) shall have been entered upon
         an application  or motion of the Borrower  reasonably  satisfactory  in
         form and  substance to the Agent,  on such prior notice to such parties
         as may in each  case be  reasonably  satisfactory  to the  Agent,  (ii)
         authorize  extensions  of  credit  in  an  aggregate  amount  of  up to
         $235,000,000,  (iii)  approve the payment by the Borrower of all of the
         Fees set forth in Section 2.18,  (iv) shall be in full force and effect
         and (v) shall not have been  stayed,  reversed,  modified or amended in
         any  respect  without  the prior  written  consent of the Agent and the
         Required  Banks and, if the  Interim  Order is the subject of a pending
         appeal  in any  respect,  neither  the  making  of such  Loans  nor the
         issuance of such Letter of Credit nor the  performance  by the Borrower
         or any of  the  Guarantors  of  any  of  their  respective  obligations
         hereunder or under the Loan Documents or under any other  instrument or
         agreement  referred  to  herein  shall be the  subject  of a  presently
         effective stay pending appeal.

(3)      Pledge  Agreement.  The Borrower and each of the Guarantors  shall have
         executed and delivered to the Agent a Pledge Agreement in substantially
         the form of Exhibit B (the "Pledge Agreement").

(4)      First  Day  Orders.  All of  the  "first  day  orders"  entered  by the
         Bankruptcy  Court at the time of the commencement of the Cases shall be
         reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent.

(1)


(5)      Opinion of  Counsel.  The Agent and the Banks shall have  received  the
         favorable written opinion of counsel to the Borrower and the Guarantors
         reasonably acceptable to the Agent, dated the date of the initial Loans
         or the  issuance  of the  initial  Letter of  Credit,  whichever  first
         occurs, substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

(6)      Budget.  The Agent  shall  have  received  from the  Borrower  a budget
         detailing the Borrower's  anticipated  cash receipts and  disbursements
         for the  period  through  the  Maturity  Date  and  setting  forth  the
         anticipated  uses of the Commitment  that is  satisfactory  in form and
         substance to the Agent (the "Budget").

(7)      Payment  of Fees.  The  Borrower  shall have paid to the Agent the then
         unpaid balance of all accrued and unpaid Fees due under and pursuant to
         this Agreement and the letter referred to in Section 2.18.

(8)      Corporate  and  Judicial   Proceedings.   All  corporate  and  judicial
         proceedings  and all  instruments and agreements in connection with the
         transactions  among the  Borrower,  the  Guarantors,  the Agent and the
         Banks  contemplated by this Agreement shall be reasonably  satisfactory
         in form and  substance to the Agent,  and the Agent shall have received
         all  information  and copies of all  documents  and  papers,  including
         records of corporate and judicial proceedings, which the Agent may have
         reasonably requested in connection therewith, such documents and papers
         where appropriate to be certified by proper corporate,  governmental or
         judicial authorities.

(9)      Information.  The Agent shall have received such information (financial
         or  otherwise)  as may be  reasonably  requested by the Agent and shall
         have discussed the Borrower's business plan heretofore delivered to the
         Agent with the  Borrower's  management  and shall be satisfied with the
         nature and substance of such discussions.

(10)     Compliance  with  Laws.  The  Borrower  and the  Guarantors  shall have
         granted  the  Agent  access to and the right to  inspect  all  reports,
         audits  and  other  internal   information  of  the  Borrower  and  the
         Guarantors  relating  to  environmental  matters,  and any third  party
         verification   of  certain   matters   relating  to   compliance   with
         environmental  laws and  regulations  requested  by the Agent,  and the
         Agent  shall  be  reasonably   satisfied  that  the  Borrower  and  the
         Guarantors  are  in  compliance  in  all  material  respects  with  all
         applicable environmental laws and regulations and be satisfied with the
         costs of maintaining such compliance.

(11)     UCC Searches.  The Agent shall have received UCC searches  conducted in
         the  jurisdictions  in which the  Borrower and the  Guarantors  conduct
         business  (dated as of a date  reasonably  satisfactory  to the Agent),
         reflecting the absence of Liens and  encumbrances  on the assets of the
         Borrower  and  the   Guarantors   other  than  such  Liens  as  may  be
         satisfactory to the Agent.

(12)     Closing  Documents.  The Agent shall have received all documents
               required by this Agreement  reasonably  satisfactory in form
- ---------------------------
         and substance to the Agent.

(1)


SECTION 5.2  Conditions  Precedent  to Each Loan and Each Letter of Credit.  The
obligation of the Banks to make each Loan  (including the Term Loans) and of the
Fronting Bank to issue each Letter of Credit,  including  the initial  Revolving
Loan and the initial  Letter of Credit,  is subject to the following  conditions
precedent:

(1)      Notice.  The Agent shall have  received a notice with respect to such
          borrowing or issuance,  as the case may be, as required
- ---------------
         by Section 2.

(2)      Representations  and  Warranties.  All  representations  and warranties
         contained in this  Agreement and the other Loan  Documents or otherwise
         made in writing in any report,  certification  or  statement  delivered
         pursuant  hereto shall be true and correct in all material  respects on
         and as of the date of each  Borrowing or the issuance of each Letter of
         Credit hereunder with the same effect as if made on and as of such date
         except to the extent  such  representations  and  warranties  expressly
         relate to an earlier date.

(3)      No Default.  On the date of each Borrowing hereunder or the issuance of
         each  Letter  of  Credit,  the  Borrower  and  Guarantors  shall  be in
         compliance  with all of the terms and provisions set forth herein to be
         observed  or  performed  and no Event of  Default  or event  which upon
         notice or lapse of time or both  would  constitute  an Event of Default
         shall have occurred and be continuing.

(4)      Orders.  The Interim  Order shall be in full force and effect and shall
         not have been  stayed,  reversed,  modified  or amended in any  respect
         without the prior written  consent of the Agent and the Required Banks,
         provided,  that at the time of the  making of any Loan  (including  the
         Term  Loans) or the  issuance  of any Letter of Credit,  the  aggregate
         amount  of  either of  which,  when  added to the sum of the  principal
         amount  of  all  Loans  then  outstanding  and  the  Letter  of  Credit
         Outstandings, would exceed $235,000,000 or, if less, the amount thereof
         which was  authorized  by the  Bankruptcy  Court in the  Interim  Order
         (collectively,  the  "Additional  Credit"),  the  Agent and each of the
         Banks  shall  have  received  a  certified  copy  of an  order  of  the
         Bankruptcy Court in  substantially  the form of Exhibit A-2 (the "Final
         Order"), which, in any event, shall have been entered by the Bankruptcy
         Court no later than 30 days after the entry of the Interim  Order,  and
         at the time of the extension of any  Additional  Credit the Final Order
         shall be in full  force and  effect,  and  shall not have been  stayed,
         reversed,  modified or amended in any respect without the prior written
         consent of the Agent and the Required Banks;  and if either the Interim
         Order or the Final  Order is the  subject  of a  pending  appeal in any
         respect, neither the making of the Loans nor the issuance of any Letter
         of Credit nor the  performance  by the Borrower or any Guarantor of any
         of their respective  obligations  under any of the Loan Documents shall
         be the subject of a presently effective stay pending appeal.

(5)       Usage.  The use of such  extension  of credit  shall be  substantially
          consistent with the Budget, as updated from time to time.
               --------------

(1)

(6)      Payment  of Fees.  The  Borrower  shall have paid to the Agent the then
         unpaid  balance of all accrued and unpaid Fees then  payable  under and
         pursuant to this Agreement and the letter referred to in Section 2.18.

The request by the  Borrower  for, and the  acceptance  by the Borrower of, each
extension  of  credit  hereunder  shall be  deemed  to be a  representation  and
warranty by the Borrower that the conditions specified in this Section have been
satisfied or waived at that time.

SECTION 6.        AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

                  From the date hereof and for so long as any Loan shall  remain
outstanding,  any  Commitment  shall be in effect or any Letter of Credit  shall
remain  outstanding  (in a face amount in excess of the amount of cash then held
in the Letter of Credit Account,  or the face amount of back-to-back  letters of
credit delivered, in each case pursuant to Section 2.02(c)), or any amount shall
remain outstanding or unpaid under this Agreement,  the Borrower and each of the
Guarantors  agree that,  unless the Required  Banks shall  otherwise  consent in
writing, the Borrower and each of the Guarantors will:

SECTION 6.1 Financial Statements,  Reports, etc. In the case of the Borrower and
the Guarantors, deliver to the Agent and each of the Banks:

(1)      within  90 days  after  the end of each  fiscal  year,  the  Borrower's
         consolidated  and  consolidating  (for the  Borrower's  surface  mining
         equipment,  underground  mining  equipment  and  pulp  and  papermaking
         machinery businesses) balance sheet and related statement of income and
         cash flows,  showing the  financial  condition  of the Borrower and its
         consolidated  Subsidiaries  on a consolidated  basis as of the close of
         such fiscal year and the results of their respective  operations during
         such year, the consolidated statement of the Borrower to be audited for
         the Borrower and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries by independent  public
         accountants of recognized  national standing acceptable to the Required
         Banks and  accompanied by an opinion of such  accountants  (which shall
         not be qualified in any material respect other than with respect to the
         Cases),  and the consolidating  statement to be prepared using the same
         procedures  applied in the preparation of the  consolidated  statement,
         and to be  certified  by a  Financial  Officer of the  Borrower  to the
         effect that such consolidated  financial  statements fairly present the
         financial  condition  and results of operations of the Borrower and its
         consolidated  Subsidiaries  on a consolidated  basis in accordance with
         GAAP consistently applied;

(1)

(2)      within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters
         and within 90 days after the end of the fourth  fiscal  quarter of each
         fiscal year, the Borrower's  consolidated  and  consolidating  (for the
         Borrower's  surface mining equipment,  underground mining equipment and
         pulp and papermaking  machinery  businesses) balance sheets and related
         statements of income and cash flows, showing the financial condition of
         the Borrower and its consolidated  Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis
         as of the  close  of such  fiscal  quarter  and the  results  of  their
         operations  during such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed  portion of
         the  fiscal  year,  each  certified  by a  Financial  Officer as fairly
         presenting  the  financial  condition  and results of operations of the
         Borrower and its consolidated  Subsidiaries on a consolidated  basis in
         accordance with GAAP consistently  applied,  subject to normal year-end
         audit adjustments;

(3)      concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under (a) or (b)
         above,  (i) a certificate  of the Financial  Officer who certified such
         statements (A) certifying  that no Event of Default or event which upon
         notice or lapse of time or both  would  constitute  an Event of Default
         has  occurred,  or, if such an Event of Default or event has  occurred,
         specifying  the nature and extent  thereof  and any  corrective  action
         taken or  proposed  to be taken with  respect  thereto  and (B) setting
         forth  computations  in  reasonable  detail  satisfactory  to the Agent
         demonstrating  compliance  with the provisions of Sections 6.03,  6.04,
         6.05 and 6.11 and (ii) a certificate  (which certificate may be limited
         to   accounting   matters  and   disclaim   responsibility   for  legal
         interpretations)   of  such   accountants   accompanying   the  audited
         consolidated  financial statements delivered under (a) above certifying
         that,  in the  course  of the  regular  audit  of the  business  of the
         Borrower  and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries,  such  accountants  have
         obtained  no  knowledge  that an Event of Default has  occurred  and is
         continuing,  or if, in the  opinion  of such  accountants,  an Event of
         Default has occurred and is  continuing,  specifying the nature thereof
         and all relevant facts with respect thereto;

(4)      within 30 days after the end of each month, the unaudited  monthly cash
         flow  reports of the Borrower and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries  on a
         consolidated  basis  and as of the close of such  fiscal  month and the
         results of their  operations  during  such  fiscal  period and the then
         elapsed  portion of the  fiscal  year,  all  certified  by a  Financial
         Officer as fairly  presenting the results of operations of the Borrower
         and its consolidated  Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis,  subject to
         normal year-end audit adjustments;

(5)       concurrently  with any  delivery  of  financial  statements  under (b)
          above, monthly financial projections for the following six
         fiscal month period;

(6)      as soon as  possible,  and in any event  within 30 days of the  Closing
         Date, a  consolidated  pro forma  statement of the  Borrower's  and the
         Subsidiaries' financial condition as of the Filing Date;

(7)      within 30 days from the end of each of the first three fiscal  quarters
         of each fiscal year of the Borrower, and within 45 days from the end of
         the last fiscal  quarter of each fiscal  year of the  Borrower  (or, if
         earlier,   upon  the  approval  thereof  by  the  Borrower's  Board  of
         Directors),  an update of the Budget satisfactory in form and substance
         to the financial advisor to the Banks;

(1)

(8)      promptly  after  the same  become  publicly  available,  copies  of all
         periodic and other reports,  proxy statements and other materials filed
         by it with the Securities and Exchange Commission,  or any governmental
         authority succeeding to any of or all the functions of said commission,
         or with any national securities exchange, as the case may be;

(9)      as soon as  available  and in any  event (A)  within 30 days  after the
         Borrower  or any of its ERISA  Affiliates  knows or has  reason to know
         that any Termination Event described in clause (i) of the definition of
         Termination  Event  with  respect to any  Single  Employer  Plan of the
         Borrower or such ERISA  Affiliate  has  occurred and (B) within 10 days
         after the Borrower or any of its ERISA  Affiliates  knows or has reason
         to know that any other  Termination Event with respect to any such Plan
         has  occurred,  a  statement  of a  Financial  Officer of the  Borrower
         describing  such  Termination  Event and the action,  if any, which the
         Borrower or such ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto;

(10)     promptly and in any event within 10 days after  receipt  thereof by the
         Borrower  or any of its ERISA  Affiliates  from the PBGC copies of each
         notice  received  by the  Borrower or any such ERISA  Affiliate  of the
         PBGC's  intention to terminate any Single Employer Plan of the Borrower
         or such ERISA  Affiliate or to have a trustee  appointed to  administer
         any such Plan;

(11)     promptly and in any event within 30 days after the filing  thereof with
         the  Internal  Revenue  Service,  copies of each  Schedule B (Actuarial
         Information)  to the annual  report  (Form 5500 Series) with respect to
         each  Single  Employer  Plan  of the  Borrower  or  any  of  its  ERISA
         Affiliates;

(12)     within 10 days  after  notice is given or  required  to be given to the
         PBGC under Section 302(f)(4)(A) of ERISA of the failure of the Borrower
         or any of its ERISA  Affiliates  to make timely  payments to a Plan,  a
         copy of any such notice filed and a statement of a Financial Officer of
         the Borrower  setting  forth (A)  sufficient  information  necessary to
         determine  the  amount of the lien  under  Section  302(f)(3),  (B) the
         reason  for the  failure  to make  the  required  payments  and (C) the
         action,  if any,  which the  Borrower  or any of its  ERISA  Affiliates
         proposed to take with respect thereto;

(13)     promptly and in any event within 10 days after  receipt  thereof by the
         Borrower or any ERISA  Affiliate from a Multiemployer  Plan sponsor,  a
         copy of each  notice  received by the  Borrower or any ERISA  Affiliate
         concerning   (A)  the   imposition   of   Withdrawal   Liability  by  a
         Multiemployer Plan, (B) the determination that a Multiemployer Plan is,
         or is expected to be, in reorganization  within the meaning of Title IV
         of ERISA,  (C) the  termination  of a  Multiemployer  Plan  within  the
         meaning of Title IV of ERISA, or (D) the amount of liability  incurred,
         or which may be  incurred,  by the  Borrower or any ERISA  Affiliate in
         connection with any event described in clause (A), (B) or (C) above;

(1)

(14)     promptly,  from time to time,  such  other  information  regarding  the
         operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower or
         any  Guarantor,  or  compliance  with the terms of any material loan or
         financing  agreements as the Agent or any Bank may reasonably  request;
         and

(15)     furnish  to the  Agent  and its  counsel  promptly  after  the  same is
         available,  copies of all pleadings,  motions,  applications,  judicial
         information,  financial  information and other documents filed by or on
         behalf of the  Borrower or any of the  Guarantors  with the  Bankruptcy
         Court in the Cases,  or  distributed by or on behalf of the Borrower or
         any of the Guarantors to any official committee appointed in the Cases.

SECTION 6.2  Corporate  Existence.  Do or cause to be done and cause each of the
Guarantors to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and
keep  in full  force  and  effect  its  corporate  existence,  material  rights,
licenses,  permits and franchises  and comply in all material  respects with all
laws and regulations applicable to it.

SECTION 6.3 Insurance.  (a) Keep its insurable  properties insured at all times,
against such risks,  including fire and other risks insured  against by extended
coverage,  as is customary with  companies of established  repute engaged in the
same or  similar  businesses  operating  in the same or similar  locations;  and
maintain in full force and effect public liability  insurance against claims for
personal  injury or death or property  damage  occurring  upon,  in, about or in
connection with the use of any properties  owned,  occupied or controlled by the
Borrower  or any  Guarantor,  as the case may be, in such  amounts and with such
deductibles as are customary with companies of established repute engaged in the
same or similar businesses  operating in the same or similar locations;  and (b)
maintain such other insurance or self insurance consistent with past practice as
may be required by law.

SECTION  6.4  Obligations  and  Taxes.  With  respect to the  Borrower  and each
Guarantor,  pay all its  material  obligations  arising  after the  Filing  Date
promptly and in accordance  with their terms and pay and discharge  promptly all
material taxes,  assessments and governmental  charges or levies imposed upon it
or upon its income or profits or in respect of its  property  arising  after the
Filing Date,  before the same shall  become in default,  as well as all material
lawful claims for labor,  materials and supplies or otherwise  arising after the
Filing Date which, if unpaid, might become a Lien or charge upon such properties
or any part thereof;  provided,  however,  that the Borrower and each  Guarantor
shall not be required to pay and discharge or to cause to be paid and discharged
any such  tax,  assessment,  charge,  levy or claim so long as the  validity  or
amount thereof shall be contested in good faith by appropriate  proceedings  (if
the Borrower  and the  Guarantors  shall have set aside on their books  adequate
reserves therefor).

SECTION 6.5 Notice of Event of Default,  etc.  Promptly give to the Agent notice
in  writing  of  any  Event  of  Default  or the  occurrence  of  any  event  or
circumstance  which  with the  passage of time or giving of notice or both would
constitute an Event of Default.

SECTION 1.1

SECTION  6.6 Access to Books,  Records and  Properties.  Maintain or cause to be
maintained  at all times true and  complete  books and records of the  financial
operations of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries;  and provide the Agent and its
representatives  access to all such books and records  during  regular  business
hours,  in order that the Agent may examine and make  abstracts from such books,
accounts,  records and other papers for the purpose of verifying the accuracy of
the various reports  delivered by the Borrower or the Guarantors to the Agent or
the Banks  pursuant to this Agreement or for otherwise  ascertaining  compliance
with this  Agreement;  and at any  reasonable  time and from time to time during
regular business hours, upon reasonable notice,  permit the Agent and any agents
or representatives (including, without limitation,  appraisers) thereof to visit
the assets and properties of the Borrower and the Guarantors.

SECTION 6.7 Business  Plan. As soon as  practicable,  and in any event within 90
days of the Filing Date,  furnish to the Agent the Borrower's  business plan for
the period  through the Maturity  Date which shall be  satisfactory  in form and
substance to the Agent,  and make its senior  officers  available to discuss the
same with the Agent upon the Agent's reasonable request.

SECTION  6.8  Maintenance  of  Concentration   Account.  The  Borrower  and  the
Guarantors  shall,  by no later than 30 days  following the Closing Date, and at
all times thereafter,  maintain with the Agent an account or accounts to be used
by the Borrower and the Guarantors as their principal concentration accounts for
day-to-day operations conducted by the Borrower and the Guarantors.

SECTION  6.9 Audits.  At any time upon the request of the Agent or the  Required
Banks  through  the  Agent,  permit  the Agent or its  professionals  (including
consultants,   accountants  and  appraisers)   retained  by  the  Agent  or  its
professionals  to  conduct   evaluations  and  appraisals  of  such  assets  and
properties  of the  Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  as the Agent or the Required
Banks may require,  and to pay the  reasonable  fees and expenses in  connection
therewith.

SECTION 7.        NEGATIVE COVENANTS

                  From the date hereof and for so long as any Loan shall  remain
outstanding,  any  Commitment  shall be in effect or any Letter of Credit  shall
remain  outstanding  (in a face amount in excess of the amount of cash then held
in the Letter of Credit Account,  or the face amount of back-to-back  letters of
credit delivered,  in each case pursuant to Section 2.02(c)) or any amount shall
remain  outstanding  or unpaid under this  Agreement,  unless the Required Banks
shall otherwise consent in writing, the Borrower and each of the Guarantors will
not (and will not apply to the Bankruptcy  Court for authority to) and shall not
permit the Borrower's other Subsidiaries to:


SECTION  7.1  Liens.  Incur,  create,  assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any
asset of the Borrower or the Guarantors,  now owned or hereafter acquired by the
Borrower or any of such Guarantors,  other than (i) Liens which were existing on
the Filing Date as reflected  on Schedule  3.06 hereto;  (ii)  Permitted  Liens;
(iii) Liens in favor of the Agent and the Banks;  (iv) Liens  securing  purchase
money  Indebtedness  permitted by Section  6.03(iii);  (v) Liens in favor of the
Borrower  on the  assets  of  foreign  Subsidiaries  of the  Borrower  to secure
inter-company  loans by the Borrower  that are used by a foreign  Subsidiary  to
repay such foreign Subsidiary's  indebtedness for borrowed money; and (vi) other
Liens that are satisfactory to the Agent.

SECTION   7.2 Merger,  etc.  Consolidate  or merge with or into  another  Person
          except as satisfactory to the Agent.
- -----------------------------

SECTION 7.3 Indebtedness. Contract, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any
Indebtedness,  or enter into any Hedge  Agreement,  except for (i)  Indebtedness
under this  Agreement;  (ii)  Indebtedness  incurred  prior to the  Filing  Date
(including existing Capitalized Leases);  (iii) Indebtedness incurred subsequent
to the Filing Date secured by purchase  money Liens  (exclusive  of  Capitalized
Leases)  in an  aggregate  amount  not to exceed an amount  satisfactory  to the
Agent; (iv) Capitalized Leases to the extent of Capital  Expenditures  permitted
by Section 6.04; (v) Indebtedness  arising from  Investments  among the Borrower
and the Guarantors that are permitted hereunder; (vi) Indebtedness owed to Chase
or any banking  Affiliates in respect of any overdrafts and related  liabilities
arising from treasury,  depository and cash management services or in connection
with any  automated  clearing  house  transfers  of funds;  (vii)  inter-company
Indebtedness in existence on the Filing Date and set forth on Schedule 6.03(vii)
hereto;  (viii)  additional  loans  and  advances  by the  Borrower  to  foreign
Subsidiaries in an aggregate  amount not in excess of an amount  satisfactory to
the  Agent  at any one time  outstanding,  provided  that (A) any such  loans or
advances that are used to repay a foreign Subsidiary's Indebtedness for borrowed
money shall be secured by a Lien on such assets of such  foreign  Subsidiary  as
may be satisfactory to the Agent, (B) the Borrower shall use reasonable  efforts
to obtain  collateral  to secure such loans and advances that are used for other
purposes,  (C) all of such loans and advances  shall be evidenced by  promissory
notes bearing interest rates, and payable on terms, that are satisfactory to the
Agent,  and providing  that payments  thereunder  shall be made without  setoff,
counterclaim  or  deduction of any kind and (D) no such loans or advances may be
made to any foreign  Subsidiary  that  becomes  the  subject of a  voluntary  or
involuntary  bankruptcy or similar  proceeding;  (ix) Hedge  Agreements that are
entered into in the ordinary course of business  consistent with past practices;
and (x) other Indebtedness that is satisfactory to the Agent.

SECTION 7.4       Capital  Expenditures.  Make Capital  Expenditures in an
          aggregate amount in excess of an amount  satisfactory to the
- ---------------------------------------
Agent.

SECTION 7.5       EBITDA.  Permit  cumulative  EBITDA for such periods as are
satisfactory to the Agent to be less than such amounts as
are satisfactory to the Agent.

SECTION 1.1

SECTION 7.6 Guarantees and Other Liabilities.  Purchase or repurchase (or agree,
contingently or otherwise,  so to do) the Indebtedness of, or assume,  guarantee
(directly  or  indirectly  or by an  instrument  having the  effect of  assuring
another's payment or performance of any obligation or capability of so doing, or
otherwise),  endorse or otherwise  become  liable,  directly or  indirectly,  in
connection with the  obligations,  stock or dividends of any Person,  except (i)
for any  guaranty  of  Indebtedness  or other  obligations  of any  Borrower  or
Guarantor if the Guarantor could have incurred such  Indebtedness or obligations
under this Agreement,  (ii) by endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit
or collection in the ordinary  course of business and (iii) as otherwise  agreed
in writing by the Agent.

SECTION 7.7 Chapter 11 Claims. Incur, create,  assume, suffer to exist or permit
any other  Super-Priority Claim which is pari passu with or senior to the claims
of the Agent and the Banks  against the Borrower and the  Guarantors  hereunder,
except for the Carve-Out.

SECTION 7.8 Dividends;  Capital Stock.  Declare or pay,  directly or indirectly,
any  dividends  or make any other  distribution  or  payment,  whether  in cash,
property,  securities  or a  combination  thereof,  with  respect to (whether by
reduction of capital or otherwise)  any shares of capital stock (or any options,
warrants,  rights or other  equity  securities  or  agreements  relating  to any
capital stock), or set apart any sum for the aforesaid  purposes,  provided that
any Subsidiary may pay dividends to the Borrower or to any other Subsidiary.

SECTION 7.9  Transactions  with  Affiliates.  Sell or transfer  any  property or
assets to, or otherwise engage in any other material  transactions  with, any of
its Affiliates  (other than the Borrower and the Guarantors),  other than in the
ordinary  course of  business  at prices  and on terms and  conditions  not less
favorable  to the  Borrower  or its  Subsidiaries  than could be  obtained on an
arm's-length  basis from  unrelated  third  parties and  transactions  among the
Borrower and its  Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and consistent
with past practices, or as may be otherwise satisfactory to the Agent.

SECTION 7.10  Investments,  Loans and  Advances.  Purchase,  hold or acquire any
capital stock,  evidences of  indebtedness  or its other  securities of, make or
permit  to exist  any  loans or  advances  to,  or make or  permit  to exist any
investment  in, any other Person (all of the foregoing,  "Investments"),  except
for (i) ownership by the Borrower or the Guarantors of the capital stock of each
of the Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 3.05, (ii) Permitted  Investments,  (iii)
advances and loans among the Borrower and the Guarantors in the ordinary course,
(iv) advances and loans by the Borrower to foreign Subsidiaries permitted hereby
and (iv) other Investments that are satisfactory to the Agent.

SECTION 7.11  Disposition  of Assets.  Sell or  otherwise  dispose of any assets
(including,  without limitation, the capital stock of any Subsidiary) except for
(i)  sales of  inventory,  fixtures  and  equipment  in the  ordinary  course of
business,  (ii) sales or other dispositions of other assets having a fair market
value not exceeding in the aggregate an amount that is satisfactory to the Agent
and (iii) other sales and dispositions that are satisfactory to the Agent.

SECTION  7.12 Nature of  Business.  Modify or alter in any  material  manner the
nature and type of its  business as  conducted at or prior to the Filing Date or
the manner in which such  business  is  conducted  (except  as  required  by the
Bankruptcy Code).


SECTION 8.        EVENTS OF DEFAULT

SECTION  8.1  Events  of  Default.  In the case of the  happening  of any of the
following  events and the  continuance  thereof beyond the applicable  period of
grace if any (each, an "Event of Default"):

(1)  any  material  representation  or  warranty  made  by the  Borrower  or any
Guarantor in this  Agreement or in any Loan Document or in connection  with this
Agreement  or the credit  extensions  hereunder  or any  material  statement  or
representation  made in any report,  financial  statement,  certificate or other
document  furnished by the Borrower or any  Guarantors  to the Banks under or in
connection with this Agreement,  shall prove to have been false or misleading in
any material respect when made or delivered; or

(2)  default  shall be made in the  payment of any (i) Fees or  interest  on the
Loans or unreimbursed draws under Tranche C Letters of Credit when due, and such
default shall  continue  unremedied  for more than two (2) Business Days or (ii)
principal  of the  Loans or other  amounts  payable  by the  Borrower  hereunder
(including,    without   limitation,    reimbursement    obligations   or   cash
collateralization  in respect of Letters of Credit),  when and as the same shall
become  due  and  payable,  whether  at the  due  date  thereof  (including  the
Prepayment  Date) or at a date fixed for prepayment  thereof or by  acceleration
thereof or otherwise; or

(3) default shall be made by the Borrower or any Guarantor in the due observance
or  performance of any covenant,  condition or agreement  contained in Section 6
hereof; or

(4) default shall be made by the Borrower or any Guarantor in the due observance
or performance of any other  covenant,  condition or agreement to be observed or
performed  pursuant  to the terms of this  Agreement  or any of the  other  Loan
Documents  and such default  shall  continue  unremedied  for more than ten (10)
days; or

(5) any of the Cases shall be dismissed  or converted to a case under  Chapter 7
of  the  Bankruptcy  Code;  a  trustee  under  Chapter  7 or  Chapter  11 of the
Bankruptcy  Code, a  responsible  officer or an examiner  with  enlarged  powers
relating to the  operation  of the  business  (powers  beyond those set forth in
Section  1106(a)(3) and (4) of the Bankruptcy Code) under Section 1106(b) of the
Bankruptcy Code shall be appointed in any of the Cases and the order  appointing
such trustee,  responsible  officer or examiner shall not be reversed or vacated
within 30 days after the entry thereof;  or an application shall be filed by the
Borrower or any  Guarantor  for the approval of any other  Super-Priority  Claim
(other  than the  Carve-Out)  in any of the Cases  which is pari  passu  with or
senior to the  claims of the Agent and the Banks  against  the  Borrower  or any
Guarantor  hereunder,  or there shall arise or be granted any such pari passu or
senior Super-Priority Claim; or

(1)

(6) the Bankruptcy Court shall enter an order or orders granting relief from the
automatic stay applicable under Section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code to the holder
or holders of any security interest to permit  foreclosure (or the granting of a
deed in lieu of foreclosure or the like) on any assets of the Borrower or any of
the Guarantors which have a value in excess of $500,000 in the aggregate; or

(7)      a Change of Control shall occur; or

(8) any material provision of any Loan Document shall, for any reason,  cease to
be valid and binding on the Borrower or any of the  Guarantors,  or the Borrower
or any of the Guarantors shall so assert in any pleading filed in any court; or

(9) an order of the Bankruptcy Court shall be entered (without the prior written
consent of the Agent and the Required Banks) reversing, amending, supplementing,
staying  for a period in  excess of 10 days,  vacating  or  otherwise  modifying
either of the Orders or terminating  the use of cash  collateral by the Borrower
or the Guarantors pursuant to the Orders; or

(10) any administrative  expense claim in excess of $10,000,000 shall be allowed
against the Borrower or any of the Guarantors and the enforcement  thereof shall
not have been stayed; or

(11) `any non-monetary  judgment or order with respect to a post-petition  event
shall be rendered  against the Borrower or any of the  Guarantors  which does or
would  reasonably  be  expected  to (i) cause a material  adverse  change in the
financial condition,  business, prospects,  operations or assets of the Borrower
and the  Guarantors  taken  as a whole  on a  consolidated  basis,  (ii)  have a
material  adverse effect on the ability of the Borrower or any of the Guarantors
to perform their respective obligations under any Loan Document, or (iii) have a
material  adverse  effect on the  rights and  remedies  of the Agent or any Bank
under any Loan Document,  and there shall be any period of 10  consecutive  days
during which a stay of  enforcement  of such  judgment or order,  by reason of a
pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; or

(12) the  Borrower  or the  Guarantors  shall make any  Pre-Petition  Payment in
excess of amounts that are satisfactory to the Agent; or

(13) any Termination  Event described in clauses (iii) or (iv) of the definition
of such term shall have occurred and shall continue  unremedied for more than 10
days and the sum  (determined  as of the date of occurrence of such  Termination
Event) of the  Insufficiency  of the Plan in respect  of which such  Termination
Event shall have occurred and be continuing and the Insufficiency of any and all
other Plans with respect to which such a  Termination  Event  (described in such
clauses (iii) or (iv)) shall have occurred and then exist is equal to or greater
than $5,000,000; or

(1)

(14) (i) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate thereof shall have been notified by
the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that it has incurred Withdrawal Liability to
such Multiemployer Plan, (ii) the Borrower or such ERISA Affiliate does not have
reasonable  grounds  to contest  such  Withdrawal  Liability  and is not in fact
contesting such Withdrawal  Liability in a timely and  appropriate  manner,  and
(iii) the amount of such  Withdrawal  Liability  specified in such notice,  when
aggregated with all other amounts required to be paid to Multiemployer  Plans in
connection  with  Withdrawal  Liabilities  (determined  as of the  date  of such
notification),  exceeds  $5,000,000  allocable to  post-petition  obligations or
requires payments  exceeding $500,000 per annum in excess of the annual payments
made with  respect to such  Multiemployer  Plans by the  Borrower  or such ERISA
Affiliate  for the plan year  immediately  preceding the plan year in which such
notification is received; or

(15) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate thereof shall have been notified by the
sponsor  of  a   Multiemployer   Plan  that  such   Multiemployer   Plan  is  in
reorganization or is being terminated,  within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA,
if as a result  of such  reorganization  or  termination  the  aggregate  annual
contributions  of the Borrower  and its ERISA  Affiliates  to all  Multiemployer
Plans that are then in  reorganization  or being terminated have been or will be
increased over the amounts  contributed to such Multiemployer Plans for the plan
years that include the date hereof by an amount exceeding $5,000,000; or

(16) the  Borrower  or any  ERISA  Affiliate  shall  have  committed  a  failure
described  in Section  302(f)(1)  of ERISA  (other  than the failure to make any
contribution accrued and unpaid as of the Filing Date) and the amount determined
under Section 302(f)(3) of ERISA is equal to or greater than $5,000,000; or

(17) it shall be  determined  (whether by the  Bankruptcy  Court or by any other
judicial or  administrative  forum) that the Borrower or any Guarantor is liable
for the  payment  of claims  arising  out of any  failure  to comply (or to have
complied) with applicable environmental laws or regulations the payment of which
will have a  material  adverse  effect  on the  financial  condition,  business,
properties,  operations or assets of the Borrower or the Guarantors,  taken as a
whole, and the enforcement thereof shall not have been stayed;

(1)

then, and in every such event and at any time thereafter  during the continuance
of such event,  and without  further order of or  application  to the Bankruptcy
Court, the Agent may, and at the request of the Required Banks, shall, by notice
to the Borrower  (with a copy to counsel for the Official  Creditors'  Committee
appointed  in the Cases and to the United  States  Trustee  for the  District of
Delaware),  take one or more of the following actions,  at the same or different
times  (provided,  that with respect to clause (iv) below and the enforcement of
Liens or other remedies with respect to the  Collateral  under clause (v) below,
the Agent shall  provide the  Borrower  (with a copy to counsel for the Official
Creditors'  Committee  in the Cases and to the  United  States  Trustee  for the
District of  Delaware)  with five (5)  Business  Days'  written  notice prior to
taking the action contemplated  thereby and provided,  further that upon receipt
of notice  referred to in the immediately  preceding  clause with respect to the
accounts  referred to in clause (iv) below,  the  Borrower  may continue to make
ordinary  course  disbursements  from such  accounts  (other  than the Letter of
Credit  Account) but may not  withdraw or disburse  any other  amounts from such
accounts): (i) terminate forthwith the Total Commitment;  (ii) declare the Loans
then outstanding and unreimbursed  draws under Tranche C Letters of Credit to be
forthwith due and payable, whereupon the principal of the Loans and unreimbursed
draws under Tranche C Letters of Credit together with accrued  interest  thereon
and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other  liabilities  of the Borrower  accrued
hereunder  and under any other Loan  Document,  shall become  forthwith  due and
payable,  without presentment,  demand, protest or any other notice of any kind,
all of which are hereby  expressly  waived by the Borrower  and the  Guarantors,
anything  contained  herein  or in any  other  Loan  Document  to  the  contrary
notwithstanding;  (iii) require the Borrower and the  Guarantors  upon demand to
forthwith  deposit  in the  Letter of Credit  Account  cash in an amount  which,
together with any amounts then held in the Letter of Credit Account, is equal to
the sum of 105% of the then Letter of Credit  Outstandings and to the extent the
Borrower and the Guarantors  shall fail to furnish such funds as demanded by the
Agent,  the Agent shall be  authorized to debit the accounts of the Borrower and
the Guarantors maintained with the Agent in such amount; (iv) set-off amounts in
the Letter of Credit Account or any other accounts maintained with the Agent and
apply  such  amounts  to the  obligations  of the  Borrower  and the  Guarantors
hereunder and in the other Loan Documents; and (v) exercise any and all remedies
under the Loan Documents and under applicable law available to the Agent and the
Banks.

SECTION 9.        THE AGENT

SECTION 9.1  Administration  by Agent.  The general  administration  of the Loan
Documents  shall be by the Agent.  Each Bank hereby  irrevocably  authorizes the
Agent, at its  discretion,  to take or refrain from taking such actions as agent
on its behalf and to exercise or refrain from  exercising  such powers under the
Loan Documents as are delegated by the terms hereof or thereof,  as appropriate,
together with all powers reasonably incidental thereto (including the release of
Collateral in connection with any transaction that is expressly permitted by the
Loan Documents).  The Agent shall have no duties or  responsibilities  except as
set forth in this Agreement and the remaining Loan Documents.

SECTION 9.2       Advances and Payments.

(1) On the date of each Loan, the Agent shall be authorized  (but not obligated)
to advance,  for the account of each of the Tranche A Banks and Tranche B Banks,
the  amount  of the Loan to be made by it in  accordance  with  its  Commitments
hereunder.  Should the Agent do so,  each of the  Tranche A Banks and  Tranche B
Banks agrees forthwith to reimburse the Agent in immediately available funds for
the amount so advanced on its behalf by the Agent, together with interest at the
Federal  Funds  Effective  Rate if not so  reimbursed  on the  date due from and
including such date but not including the date of reimbursement.

(1)

(2) Any amounts  received by the Agent in connection with this Agreement  (other
than  amounts to which the Agent is entitled  pursuant to Sections  2.18,  8.06,
10.05 and 10.06), the application of which is not otherwise provided for in this
Agreement shall be applied,  first,  in accordance  with each Bank's  Commitment
Percentage  to pay accrued but unpaid  Commitment  Fees or Letter of Credit Fees
(as  applicable),   and  second,  in  accordance  with  each  Bank's  Commitment
Percentage  to pay  accrued  but  unpaid  interest  and  the  principal  balance
outstanding and all unreimbursed Letter of Credit drawings (as applicable).  All
amounts to be paid to a Bank by the Agent shall be credited to that Bank,  after
collection by the Agent, in immediately  available funds either by wire transfer
or deposit in that Bank's correspondent account with the Agent, as such Bank and
the Agent shall from time to time agree.

SECTION 9.3 Sharing of Setoffs.  Each Bank agrees that if it shall,  through the
exercise  of a right of  banker's  lien,  setoff  or  counterclaim  against  the
Borrower,  including,  but not limited to, a secured  claim under Section 506 of
the Bankruptcy  Code or other security or interest  arising from, or in lieu of,
such secured  claim and received by such Bank under any  applicable  bankruptcy,
insolvency or other similar law, or otherwise,  obtain payment in respect of its
Loans as a result of which the unpaid portion of its Loans or  participation  in
unreimbursed  Letters of Credit is proportionately  less than the unpaid portion
of the Loans of any other Bank (a) it shall promptly  purchase at par (and shall
be deemed to have thereupon  purchased) from such other Bank a participation  in
the Loans or participation in unreimbursed Letters of Credit of such other Bank,
so that  the  aggregate  unpaid  principal  amount  of  each  Bank's  Loans  and
participations in unreimbursed  Letters of Credit and its participation in Loans
and  unreimbursed  Letters  of Credit of the  other  Banks  shall be in the same
proportion  to  the  aggregate   unpaid  principal  amount  of  all  Loans  then
outstanding and  unreimbursed  Letters of Credit as the principal  amount of its
Loans and unreimbursed  Letters of Credit prior to the obtaining of such payment
was to the principal amount of all Loans outstanding and unreimbursed Letters of
Credit prior to the  obtaining  of such  payment and (b) such other  adjustments
shall be made from time to time as shall be  equitable  to ensure that the Banks
share such payment pro-rata,  provided that if any such non-pro-rata  payment is
thereafter  recovered or  otherwise  set aside such  purchase of  participations
shall be rescinded  (without  interest).  The Borrower expressly consents to the
foregoing  arrangements  and  agrees  that any Bank  holding  (or  deemed  to be
holding) a participation  in a Loan or in an  unreimbursed  Letter of Credit may
exercise any and all rights of banker's lien,  setoff (in each case,  subject to
the  same  notice  requirements  as  pertain  to  clause  (iv)  of the  remedial
provisions of Section 7.01) or  counterclaim  with respect to any and all moneys
owing by the  Borrower to such Bank as fully as if such Bank held a Note and was
the original obligee thereon, in the amount of such participation.

SECTION  9.4  Agreement  of  Required  Banks.  Upon any  occasion  requiring  or
permitting an approval, consent, waiver, election or other action on the part of
the Required Banks,  action shall be taken by the Agent for and on behalf or for
the benefit of all Banks upon the direction of the Required Banks,  and any such
action shall be binding on all Banks. No amendment,  modification,  consent,  or
waiver shall be effective  except in accordance  with the  provisions of Section
10.10.

SECTION 9.5       Liability of Agent.

SECTION 1.1

(1) The  Agent  when  acting  on behalf of the  Banks,  may  execute  any of its
respective  duties  under this  Agreement  by or through  any of its  respective
officers,  agents,  and  employees,  and  neither  the Agent nor its  directors,
officers, agents, employees or Affiliates shall be liable to the Banks or any of
them  for  any  action  taken  or  omitted  to be  taken  in good  faith,  or be
responsible to the Banks or to any of them for the consequences of any oversight
or error of judgment,  or for any loss, unless the same shall happen through its
gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The Agent and its respective directors,
officers,  agents,  employees and Affiliates  shall in no event be liable to the
Banks or to any of them for any  action  taken  or  omitted  to be taken by them
pursuant to instructions received by them from the Required Banks or in reliance
upon the advice of counsel  selected  by it.  Without  limiting  the  foregoing,
neither the Agent,  nor any of its respective  directors,  officers,  employees,
agents or Affiliates  shall be  responsible  to any Bank for the due  execution,
validity, genuineness, effectiveness,  sufficiency, or enforceability of, or for
any statement, warranty, or representation in, this Agreement, any Loan Document
or any related  agreement,  document or order, or shall be required to ascertain
or to make any inquiry  concerning the performance or observance by the Borrower
of any of the terms,  conditions,  covenants, or agreements of this Agreement or
any of the Loan Documents.

(2) Neither the Agent nor any of its respective directors,  officers, employees,
agents or  Affiliates  shall  have any  responsibility  to the  Borrower  or the
Guarantors  on account of the failure or delay in  performance  or breach by any
Bank or by the Borrower or the Guarantors of any of their respective obligations
under this Agreement or any of the Loan  Documents or in connection  herewith or
therewith.

(3) The Agent, in its capacity as Agent hereunder,  shall be entitled to rely on
any communication, instrument, or document reasonably believed by such person to
be  genuine or  correct  and to have been  signed or sent by a person or persons
believed  by such  person to be the proper  person or  persons,  and such person
shall be  entitled  to rely on  advice  of  legal  counsel,  independent  public
accountants,  and other  professional  advisers  and  experts  selected  by such
person.

SECTION 9.6 Reimbursement and Indemnification. Each Bank agrees (i) to reimburse
(x) the Agent for such Bank's  aggregate  Commitment  Percentage of any expenses
and fees  incurred for the benefit of the Banks under this  Agreement and any of
the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, counsel fees and compensation
of agents and employees paid for services  rendered on behalf of the Banks,  and
any other expense  incurred in  connection  with the  operations or  enforcement
thereof not  reimbursed by the Borrower or the  Guarantors and (y) the Agent for
such  Bank's  aggregate  Commitment  Percentage  of any  expenses  of the  Agent
incurred  for the benefit of the Banks that the Borrower has agreed to reimburse
pursuant to Section  10.05 and has failed to so reimburse  and (ii) to indemnify
and hold  harmless  the Agent  and any of its  directors,  officers,  employees,
agents or Affiliates,  on demand, in the amount of its proportionate share, from
and against any and all liabilities,  obligations,  losses, damages,  penalties,
actions,  judgments,  suits,  costs,  expenses,  or disbursements of any kind or
nature  whatsoever  which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against it
or any of them in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any of
the Loan  Documents  or any  action  taken or omitted by it or any of them under
this  Agreement or any of the Loan Documents to the extent not reimbursed by the
Borrower or the  Guarantors  (except such as shall result from their  respective
gross negligence or willful misconduct).

SECTION 1.1

SECTION 9.7 Rights of Agent.  It is understood  and agreed that Chase shall have
the  same  rights  and  powers  hereunder  (including  the  right  to give  such
instructions)  as the other Banks and may  exercise  such rights and powers,  as
well as its rights and powers under other agreements and instruments to which it
is or may be party,  and engage in other  transactions  with the Borrower or any
Guarantor, as though it were not the Agent of the Banks under this Agreement.

SECTION 9.8 Independent  Banks.  Each Bank  acknowledges  that it has decided to
enter into this  Agreement  and to make the Loans or  participate  in Letters of
Credit  hereunder  based on its own  analysis of the  transactions  contemplated
hereby and of the creditworthiness of the Borrower and the Guarantors and agrees
that the Agent shall bear no responsibility therefor.

SECTION  9.9  Notice of  Transfer.  The Agent may deem and treat a Bank party to
this Agreement as the owner of such Bank's portion of the Loans or participation
in Letters of Credit for all purposes,  unless and until a written notice of the
assignment or transfer thereof executed by such Bank shall have been received by
the Agent.

SECTION 9.10 Successor Agent. The Agent may resign at any time by giving written
notice  thereof to the Banks and the Borrower.  Upon any such  resignation,  the
Required Banks shall have the right to appoint a successor Agent, which shall be
reasonably  satisfactory to the Borrower.  If no successor Agent shall have been
so appointed by the Required  Banks and shall have  accepted  such  appointment,
within 30 days after the retiring  Agent's giving of notice of resignation,  the
retiring  Agent may, on behalf of the Banks,  appoint a successor  Agent,  which
shall be a  commercial  bank  organized  under the laws of the United  States of
America or of any State  thereof and having a combined  capital and surplus of a
least $100,000,000, which shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower. Upon
the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent,  such
successor  Agent  shall  thereupon  succeed  to and become  vested  with all the
rights,  powers,  privileges and duties of the retiring Agent,  and the retiring
Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations  under this Agreement.
After any retiring  Agent's  resignation  hereunder as Agent,  the provisions of
this Section 8 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions  taken or omitted to
be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement.

SECTION 10.       GUARANTY

SECTION 10.1      Guaranty.

(1) Each of the Guarantors  unconditionally  and irrevocably  guarantees the due
and punctual payment and performance by the Borrower of the Obligations. Each of
the Guarantors  further agrees that the  Obligations may be extended or renewed,
in whole or in part,  without  notice to or further  assent from it, and it will
remain bound upon this guaranty  notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any
of the  Obligations.  The  Obligations  of the  Guarantors  shall be  joint  and
several.

(1)

(2) Each of the Guarantors  waives  presentation to, demand for payment from and
protest  to the  Borrower  or any other  Guarantor,  and also  waives  notice of
protest for nonpayment. The Obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be
affected by (i) the failure of the Agent or a Bank to assert any claim or demand
or to enforce any right or remedy  against the  Borrower or any other  Guarantor
under the  provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise;
(ii) any  extension  or renewal of any  provision  hereof or thereof;  (iii) any
rescission, waiver, compromise,  acceleration,  amendment or modification of any
of the  terms or  provisions  of any of the Loan  Documents;  (iv) the  release,
exchange,  waiver  or  foreclosure  of any  security  held by the  Agent for the
Obligations  or any of them;  (v) the failure of the Agent or a Bank to exercise
any  right or  remedy  against  any  other  Guarantor;  or (vi) the  release  or
substitution of any Guarantor or any other Guarantor.

(3) Each of the  Guarantors  further  agrees that this  guaranty  constitutes  a
guaranty of performance and of payment when due and not just of collection,  and
waives any right to require that any resort be had by the Agent or a Bank to any
security held for payment of the  Obligations  or to any balance of any deposit,
account  or credit on the books of the Agent or a Bank in favor of the  Borrower
or any other Guarantor, or to any other Person.

(4) Each of the Guarantors hereby waives any defense that it might have based on
a failure to remain  informed of the financial  condition of the Borrower and of
any other Guarantor and any circumstances  affecting the ability of the Borrower
to perform under this Agreement.

(5)  Each  Guarantor's  guaranty  shall  not be  affected  by  the  genuineness,
validity,   regularity  or  enforceability  of  the  Obligations  or  any  other
instrument   evidencing  any  Obligations,   or  by  the  existence,   validity,
enforceability, perfection, or extent of any collateral therefor or by any other
circumstance  relating to the  Obligations  which might  otherwise  constitute a
defense to this Guaranty.  Neither of the Agent,  nor any of the Banks makes any
representation  or warranty in respect to any such  circumstances  or shall have
any  duty or  responsibility  whatsoever  to any  Guarantor  in  respect  of the
management and maintenance of the Obligations.

(6) Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, upon the Obligations becoming due
and  payable  (by  acceleration  or  otherwise),  the Banks shall be entitled to
immediate  payment of such  Obligations by the Guarantors upon written demand by
the Agent, without further application to or order of the Bankruptcy Court.

(1)

SECTION  10.2 No  Impairment  of Guaranty.  The  obligations  of the  Guarantors
hereunder  shall not be  subject to any  reduction,  limitation,  impairment  or
termination for any reason, including,  without limitation, any claim of waiver,
release,  surrender,  alteration or compromise,  and shall not be subject to any
defense or set-off, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason
of the invalidity,  illegality or unenforceability  of the Obligations.  Without
limiting the  generality of the  foregoing,  the  obligations  of the Guarantors
hereunder  shall not be  discharged  or  impaired or  otherwise  affected by the
failure of the Agent or a Bank to assert  any claim or demand or to enforce  any
remedy  under  this  Agreement  or  any  other  agreement,   by  any  waiver  or
modification of any provision thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful
or otherwise,  in the  performance  of the  Obligations,  or by any other act or
thing or  omission  or delay to do any other act or thing  which may or might in
any manner or to any extent vary the risk of the  Guarantors or would  otherwise
operate as a discharge of the  Guarantors  as a matter of law,  unless and until
the Obligations are paid in full.

SECTION 10.3 Subrogation. Upon payment by any Guarantor of any sums to the Agent
or a Bank hereunder,  all rights of such Guarantor  against the Borrower arising
as a result thereof by way of right of  subrogation  or otherwise,  shall in all
respects  be  subordinate  and junior in right of payment to the prior final and
indefeasible payment in full of all the Obligations. If any amount shall be paid
to such Guarantor for the account of the Borrower,  such amount shall be held in
trust for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks and shall  forthwith be paid to
the Agent and the Banks to be credited and applied to the  Obligations,  whether
matured or unmatured.

SECTION 11.         MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 11.1 Notices. Notices and other communications provided for herein shall
be in writing (including  telegraphic,  telex, facsimile or cable communication)
and shall be mailed, telegraphed,  telexed, transmitted,  cabled or delivered to
the Borrower or any Guarantor at 3600 South Lake Drive,  St. Francis,  Wisconsin
53235-3716,  Attention: Chief Financial Officer and to a Bank or the Agent to it
at its  address  set forth on Annex A, or such  other  address as such party may
from time to time  designate  by  giving  written  notice  to the other  parties
hereunder.  All notices and other  communications  given to any party  hereto in
accordance  with the provisions of this  Agreement  shall be deemed to have been
given on the fifth  Business  Day after  the date  when  sent by  registered  or
certified mail, postage prepaid,  return receipt requested,  if by mail; or when
delivered to the telegraph  company,  charges prepaid,  if by telegram;  or when
receipt is  acknowledged,  if by any  telegraphic  communications  or  facsimile
equipment  of the sender;  in each case  addressed  to such party as provided in
this Section 10.01 or in accordance with the latest unrevoked  written direction
from such  party;  provided,  however,  that in the case of notices to the Agent
notices  pursuant to the  preceding  sentence and pursuant to Section 2 shall be
effective only when received by the Agent.

SECTION 11.2 Survival of Agreement,  Representations  and  Warranties,  etc. All
warranties,  representations and covenants made by the Borrower or any Guarantor
herein  or in any  certificate  or other  instrument  delivered  by it or on its
behalf in connection with this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied
upon by the Banks and shall survive the making of the Loans herein  contemplated
regardless  of any  investigation  made by any Bank or on its  behalf  and shall
continue  in full  force and  effect so long as any  amount due or to become due
hereunder is outstanding and unpaid and so long as the Commitments have not been
terminated.  All statements in any such  certificate or other  instrument  shall
constitute  representations  and  warranties by the Borrower and the  Guarantors
hereunder with respect to the Borrower.

SECTION 11.3      Successors and Assigns.

SECTION 1.1

(1)  This  Agreement  shall be  binding  upon and  inure to the  benefit  of the
Borrower,  the Agent and the Banks and their respective  successors and assigns.
Neither the  Borrower  nor any of the  Guarantors  may assign or transfer any of
their rights or obligations  hereunder  without the prior written consent of all
of the Banks. Each Bank may sell  participations to any Person in all or part of
any  Loan,  or all or part of any of its  Commitment,  in which  event,  without
limiting  the  foregoing,  the  provisions  of Section  2.14 shall  inure to the
benefit of each purchaser of a  participation  (provided  that such  participant
shall look solely to the seller of such  participation for such benefits and the
Borrower's and the Guarantors'  liability,  if any, under Sections 2.14 and 2.17
shall not be  increased as a result of the sale of any such  participation)  and
the pro rata  treatment of payments,  as  described  in Section  2.16,  shall be
determined  as if such  Bank had not sold such  participation.  In the event any
Bank shall  sell any  participation,  such Bank shall  retain the sole right and
responsibility  to  enforce  the  obligations  of the  Borrower  and each of the
Guarantors  relating  to the Loans or  Letters  of  Credit,  including,  without
limitation,  the right to approve any amendment,  modification  or waiver of any
provision of this Agreement  (provided that such Bank may grant its  participant
the right to consent to such Bank's  execution of amendments,  modifications  or
waivers  which (i) reduce any Fees payable  hereunder to the Banks,  (ii) reduce
the  amount of any  scheduled  principal  payment  on any Loan or  reimbursement
obligation of any Letter of Credit or reduce the principal amount of any Loan or
reimbursement obligation of any Letter of Credit or the rate of interest payable
hereunder or (iii) extend the maturity of the Borrower's obligations hereunder).
The sale of any such participation shall not alter the rights and obligations of
the Bank selling such participation hereunder with respect to the Borrower.

(1)

(2) Each Bank may assign to one or more  Banks or  Eligible  Assignees  all or a
portion of any of its  interests,  rights and  obligations  under this Agreement
(including,  without  limitation,  all or a  portion  of  any  of  its  separate
Commitments  and the same  portion of the related  Loans or Letters of Credit at
the time owing to it), provided,  however, that (i) other than in the case of an
assignment  to a Person at least 50% owned by the assignor  Bank, or by a common
parent of both,  or to another  Bank,  the Agent and the Fronting Bank must give
their respective  prior written consent to such  assignment,  which consent will
not be  unreasonably  withheld,  (ii) the  aggregate  amount  of the  respective
Commitments  and/or  related  Loans or Letters of Credit of the  assigning  Bank
subject to each such  assignment  (determined  as of the date the Assignment and
Acceptance  with respect to such  assignment  is delivered to the Agent)  shall,
unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Borrower and the Agent, in no event
be less than  $5,000,000  or the  remaining  portion of such  Bank's  Commitment
and/or  related Loans or Letters of Credit that is being  assigned,  if less (or
$1,000,000 in the case of an assignment between Banks), and (iii) the parties to
each such assignment  shall execute and deliver to the Agent, for its acceptance
and recording in the Register (as defined  below),  an Assignment and Acceptance
with blanks appropriately completed,  together with a processing and recordation
fee of $3,500  (for  which the  Borrower  shall  have no  liability).  Upon such
execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the effective date
specified in each  Assignment  and  Acceptance,  which  effective  date shall be
within ten Business Days after the execution thereof (unless otherwise agreed to
in writing by the Agent),  (A) the assignee  thereunder  shall be a party hereto
and, to the extent provided in such  Assignment and Acceptance,  have the rights
and  obligations of a Bank hereunder and (B) the Bank  thereunder  shall, to the
extent  provided  in such  Assignment  and  Acceptance,  be  released  from  its
obligations  under  this  Agreement  (and,  in the  case  of an  Assignment  and
Acceptance  covering all or the remaining  portion of an assigning Bank's rights
and  obligations  under  this  Agreement,  such Bank  shall  cease to be a party
hereto).

(3) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance,  the Bank assignor
thereunder and the assignee  thereunder confirm to and agree with each other and
the other  parties  hereto as  follows:  (i) other than the  representation  and
warranty  that it is the  legal  and  beneficial  owner  of the  interest  being
assigned  thereby free and clear of any adverse claim,  such Bank assignor makes
no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility  with respect to any
statements,  warranties or  representations  made in or in connection  with this
Agreement  or  any of the  other  Loan  Documents  or the  execution,  legality,
validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or
any of the other Loan Documents; (ii) such Bank assignor makes no representation
or  warranty  and  assumes  no  responsibility  with  respect  to the  financial
condition of the Borrower or any Guarantor or the  performance  or observance by
the Borrower or any Guarantor of any of its obligations  under this Agreement or
any of the other Loan  Documents or any other  instrument or document  furnished
pursuant  hereto;  (iii) such  assignee  confirms that it has received a copy of
this  Agreement  and the  other  Loan  Documents,  together  with  copies of the
financial  statements  referred to in Section 3.04 and such other  documents and
information  as it has deemed  appropriate  to make its own credit  analysis and
decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance;  (iv) such assignee will,
independently  and without  reliance  upon the Agent,  such Bank assignor or any
other  Bank and  based  on such  documents  and  information  as it  shall  deem
appropriate at the time,  continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or
not  taking  action  under  this  Agreement;  (v)  such  assignee  appoints  and
authorizes  the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise
such powers  under this  Agreement  as are  delegated  to the Agent by the terms
thereto, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental hereof; and (vi)
such  assignee  agrees that it will perform in  accordance  with their terms all
obligations  that by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by
it as a Bank.

(4) The  Agent  shall  maintain  at its  office  a copy of each  Assignment  and
Acceptance  delivered to it and a register for the  recordation of the names and
addresses of the Banks and the Commitments of, and principal amount of the Loans
or  Letter  of Credit  Outstandings  owing to,  each Bank from time to time (the
"Register").  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, in the absence of
manifest error, and the Borrower, the Guarantors,  the Agent and the Banks shall
treat  each  Person  the name of which is  recorded  in the  Register  as a Bank
hereunder for all purposes of this  Agreement.  The Register  shall be available
for inspection by the Borrower or any Bank at any reasonable  time and from time
to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(1)

(5) Upon its receipt of an Assignment  and  Acceptance  executed by an assigning
Bank and the  assignee  thereunder  together  with the fee  payable  in  respect
thereto,  the Agent shall,  if such Assignment and Acceptance has been completed
with blanks  appropriately filled and consented to by the Agent and the Fronting
Bank (to the  extent  such  consent is  required  hereunder),  (i)  accept  such
Assignment and Acceptance,  (ii) record the information contained therein in the
Register and (iii) give prompt written notice thereof to the Borrower  (together
with a copy  thereof).  No  assignment  shall be effective  for purposes of this
Agreement  unless it has been  recorded  in the  Register  as  provided  in this
paragraph.

(6) Any Bank may, in connection with any assignment or participation or proposed
assignment  or  participation  pursuant to this Section  10.03,  disclose to the
assignee or participant or proposed  assignee or  participant,  any  information
relating to the Borrower or any of the  Guarantors  furnished to such Bank by or
on behalf of the Borrower or any of the  Guarantors;  provided that prior to any
such  disclosure,  each such  assignee or  participant  or proposed  assignee or
participant  shall  agree in  writing to be bound by the  provisions  of Section
10.04.

(7) The  Borrower  hereby  agrees,  to the  extent  set forth in the  Commitment
Letter,  to actively  assist and cooperate with the Agent in the Agent's efforts
to sell  participations  herein (as described in Section 10.03(a)) and assign to
one or more Banks or Eligible  Assignees a portion of its interests,  rights and
obligations under this Agreement (as set forth in Section 10.03(b)).

SECTION 11.4 Confidentiality. Each Bank agrees to keep any information delivered
or made  available by the Borrower or any of the  Guarantors to it  confidential
from anyone other than persons  employed or retained by such Bank who are or are
expected  to  become   engaged  in   evaluating,   approving,   structuring   or
administering  the Loans;  provided  that nothing  herein shall prevent any Bank
from  disclosing  such  information  (i) to any other  Bank,  (ii) to any of its
Affiliates, provided such Affiliate agrees to keep such information confidential
to the same extent required by the Banks hereunder, (iii) to any other person if
reasonably incidental to the administration of the Loans, (iv) upon the order of
any  court or  administrative  agency,  (v) upon the  request  or  demand of any
regulatory  agency or authority,  (vi) which has been publicly  disclosed  other
than as a result of a disclosure by the Agent or any Bank which is not permitted
by this  Agreement,  (vii) in connection with any litigation to which the Agent,
any Bank, or their respective Affiliates may be a party to the extent reasonably
required,  (viii) to the  extent  reasonably  required  in  connection  with the
exercise  of any  remedy  hereunder,  (ix)  to such  Bank's  legal  counsel  and
independent auditors,  and (x) to any actual or proposed participant or assignee
of all or part  of its  rights  hereunder  subject  to the  proviso  in  Section
10.03(f).

SECTION 1.1

SECTION 11.5 Expenses. Whether or not the transactions hereby contemplated shall
be  consummated,  the Borrower and the  Guarantors  agree to pay all  reasonable
out-of-pocket   expenses  incurred  by  the  Agent  and  Chase  Securities  Inc.
(including but not limited to the reasonable fees and  disbursements  of Morgan,
Lewis & Bockius LLP,  special counsel for the Agent,  any other counsel that the
Agent  shall  retain,  any  internal or  third-party  consultants  and  auditors
advising the Agent and Chase Securities Inc. and any financial advisor appointed
to advise the Banks) in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery and
administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the making of the
Loans and the  issuance of the Letters of Credit,  the  perfection  of the Liens
contemplated  hereby, the syndication of the transactions  contemplated  hereby,
the reasonable and customary costs, fees and expenses of the Agent in connection
with the monitoring of assets (including reasonable and customary internal asset
monitoring  fees) and publicity  expenses,  and,  following the occurrence of an
Event of Default,  all reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses incurred by the Banks
and the Agent in the  enforcement or protection of the rights of any one or more
of the Banks or the Agent in  connection  with this  Agreement or the other Loan
Documents, including but not limited to the reasonable fees and disbursements of
any counsel for the Banks or the Agent.  Such payments shall be made on the date
of the  Interim  Order and  thereafter  on demand  upon  delivery of a statement
setting forth such costs and expenses.  Whether or not the  transactions  hereby
contemplated  shall be  consummated,  the Borrower and the  Guarantors  agree to
reimburse the Agent and Chase  Securities Inc. for the expenses set forth in the
Commitment   Letter  and  the  reimbursement   provisions   thereof  are  hereby
incorporated  herein by  reference.  The  obligations  of the  Borrower  and the
Guarantors  under this Section shall survive the  termination  of this Agreement
and/or the payment of the Loans.

SECTION  11.6  Indemnity.  The  Borrower  and  each of the  Guarantors  agree to
indemnify and hold harmless the Agent,  Chase  Securities Inc. and the Banks and
their   directors,   officers,   employees,   agents  and  Affiliates  (each  an
"Indemnified  Party")  from and against any and all  expenses,  losses,  claims,
damages and liabilities incurred by such Indemnified Party arising out of claims
made by any Person in any way relating to the transactions  contemplated hereby,
but excluding therefrom all expenses,  losses, claims,  damages, and liabilities
to the  extent  that they are  determined  by the final  judgment  of a court of
competent  jurisdiction  to have resulted  from the gross  negligence or willful
misconduct of such  Indemnified  Party.  The obligations of the Borrower and the
Guarantors  under this Section shall survive the  termination  of this Agreement
and/or the payment of the Loans.

SECTION 11.7 CHOICE OF LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL IN
ALL  RESPECTS BE CONSTRUED  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED WHOLLY WITHIN
SUCH STATE AND THE BANKRUPTCY CODE.

SECTION 11.8 No Waiver.  No failure on the part of the Agent or any of the Banks
to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder or
any of the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any
single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude any other
or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.
All  remedies  hereunder  are  cumulative  and are not  exclusive  of any  other
remedies provided by law.

SECTION  11.9  Extension  of  Maturity.  Should any payment of  principal  of or
interest or any other amount due hereunder become due and payable on a day other
than a  Business  Day,  the  maturity  thereof  shall  be  extended  to the next
succeeding Business Day and, in the case of principal, interest shall be payable
thereon at the rate herein specified during such extension.

SECTION 11.10     Amendments, etc.

SECTION 1.1

(1) No  modification,  amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or
the  Security  and Pledge  Agreement,  and no consent  to any  departure  by the
Borrower or any Guarantor therefrom,  shall in any event be effective unless the
same shall be in writing and signed by the Required Banks,  and then such waiver
or consent shall be effective only in the specific  instance and for the purpose
for which given; provided, however, that no such modification or amendment shall
without the  written  consent of the Bank  affected  thereby  (x)  increase  the
Commitment of a Bank (it being  understood  that a waiver of an Event of Default
shall not constitute an increase in the Commitment of a Bank), or (y) reduce the
principal amount of any Loan (or  unreimbursed  Letter of Credit) or the rate of
interest  payable  thereon,  or  extend  any date for the  payment  of  interest
hereunder or reduce any Fees payable  hereunder or extend the final  maturity of
the Borrower's  obligations  hereunder;  and,  provided,  further,  that no such
modification  or amendment  shall without the written  consent of (A) all of the
Banks (i) amend or modify any provision of this Agreement which provides for the
unanimous consent or approval of the Banks, (ii) amend this Section 10.10 or the
definition of Required Banks or (iii) amend or modify the  Super-Priority  Claim
status of the Banks  contemplated  by Section  2.22 or (B) Banks  holding  Loans
and/or obligations to issue and/or participate in Letters of Credit representing
at least 66-2/3% of the Total Exposure release all or any substantial portion of
the Liens  granted to the Agent  hereunder,  under the Orders or under any other
Loan Document,  or release any Guarantor.  No such amendment or modification may
adversely  affect the rights and  obligations  of the Agent or any Fronting Bank
hereunder  without  its  prior  written  consent.  No notice to or demand on the
Borrower or any  Guarantor  shall  entitle the Borrower or any  Guarantor to any
other or further notice or demand in the same,  similar or other  circumstances.
Each  assignee  under  Section   10.03(b)  shall  be  bound  by  any  amendment,
modification,  waiver, or consent authorized as provided herein, and any consent
by a Bank shall bind any Person subsequently  acquiring an interest on the Loans
held by such Bank. No amendment to this Agreement shall be effective against the
Borrower or any Guarantor  unless signed by the Borrower or such  Guarantor,  as
the case may be.

(1)

(2) Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary contained in Section 10.10(a),  in
the event that the Borrower  requests that this Agreement be modified or amended
in a manner which would  require the  unanimous  consent of all of the Banks and
such  modification  or  amendment is agreed to by the  Super-majority  Banks (as
hereinafter   defined),   then  with  the  consent  of  the   Borrower  and  the
Super-majority  Banks,  the  Borrower  and the  Super-majority  Banks  shall  be
permitted to amend the Agreement  without the consent of the Bank or Banks which
did not agree to the  modification or amendment  requested by the Borrower (such
Bank or  Banks,  collectively  the  "Minority  Banks")  to  provide  for (w) the
termination of the Commitments of each of the Minority  Banks,  (x) the addition
to this  Agreement of one or more other  financial  institutions  (each of which
shall be an Eligible Assignee),  or an increase in the applicable Commitments of
one or more of the  Super-majority  Banks,  so that the  applicable  Commitments
after  giving  effect  to such  amendment  shall  be in the same  amount  as the
applicable Commitments  immediately before giving effect to such amendment,  (y)
if any Loans (or  unreimbursed  Tranche C Letters of Credit) are  outstanding at
the time of such amendment,  the making of such additional Loans (or the funding
of  each  unreimbursed  Tranche  C  Letter  of  Credit)  by such  new  financial
institutions  or  Super-majority  Bank or  Banks,  as the case may be, as may be
necessary  to repay in full the  outstanding  Loans (or  unreimbursed  Tranche C
Letters of Credit) of the Minority  Banks  immediately  before  giving effect to
such  amendment  and (z) such other  modifications  to this  Agreement as may be
appropriate.  As used herein, the term "Super-majority Banks" shall mean, at any
time,  Banks holding Loans and/or  obligations  to issue and/or  participate  in
Letters of Credit representing at least 66-2/3% of the Total Exposure.

SECTION 11.11 Severability.  Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited
or  unenforceable  in  any  jurisdiction  shall,  as to  such  jurisdiction,  be
ineffective  to the  extent  of such  prohibition  or  unenforceability  without
invalidating  the  remaining  provisions  hereof,  and any such  prohibition  or
unenforceability   in  any   jurisdiction   shall  not   invalidate   or  render
unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 11.12 Headings.  Section  headings used herein are for convenience  only
and are not to affect  the  construction  of or be taken into  consideration  in
interpreting this Agreement.

SECTION 11.13 Execution in  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts,  each of which shall constitute an original,  but all of
which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

SECTION 11.14 Prior Agreements.  This Agreement  represents the entire agreement
of the parties  with regard to the  subject  matter  hereof and the terms of any
letters and other documentation entered into between the Borrower or a Guarantor
and any Bank or the Agent prior to the execution of this Agreement  which relate
to Loans to be made  hereunder  shall be replaced by the terms of this Agreement
(except as otherwise  expressly  provided  herein with respect to the Commitment
Letter and the fee letter referred to therein,  including without limitation the
Borrower's  agreement  to actively  assist the Agent in the  syndication  of the
transactions  contemplated  hereby referred to in Section 10.03(g) and including
also the provisions of Section 2.18).

SECTION 11.15 Further Assurances.  Whenever and so often as reasonably requested
by the Agent,  the Borrower and the Guarantors will promptly execute and deliver
or cause to be executed and  delivered  all such other and further  instruments,
documents or assurances,  and promptly do or cause to be done all such other and
further things as may be necessary and  reasonably  required in order to further
and more  fully  vest in the  Agent all  rights,  interests,  powers,  benefits,
privileges  and  advantages  conferred  or  intended  to be  conferred  by  this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

SECTION 11.16 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  EACH OF THE BORROWER,  THE GUARANTORS,  THE
AGENT AND EACH BANK HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY
ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY OF THE LOAN
DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY.

SECTION 1.1


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed as of the day and the year first written.

                                            BORROWER:

                                            HARNISCHFEGER INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                            By:  _________________________
                                            Title:


                                            GUARANTORS:

                                            AMERICAN ALLOY COMPANY
                                            AMERICAN LONGWALL FACE CONVEYORS,
                                             INC.
                                            AMERICAN LONGWALL, INC.
                                            AMERICAN LONGWALL REBUILD, INC.
                                            AMERICAN LONGWALL ROOF SUPPORTS,INC.
                                            BELOIT CORPORATION
                                            BELOIT PULPING GROUP, INC.
                                            BENEFIT, INC.
                                            FIELD REPAIR SERVICES LLC
                                            FITCHBURG CORPORATION
                                            HARNISCHFEGER CORPORATION
                                            HARNISCHFEGER WORLD SERVICES
                                             CORPORATION
                                            THE HORSBURGH & SCOTT COMPANY
                                            JOY TECHNOLOGIES INC.
                                            OPTICAL ALIGNMENT SYSTEMS AND
                                             INSPECTION     SERVICES, INC.
                                            PRINCETON PAPER COMPANY, LLC
                                            RCHH, INC.
                                            SOUTH SHORE CORPORATION
                                            SOUTH SHORE DEVELOPMENT LLC


                                            By:  _________________________
                                            Title:



                                            BELOIT TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                                            BWRC DUTCH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                            BWRC, INC.
                                            DOBSON PARK INDUSTRIES, INC.
                                            HARNISCHFEGER TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                                            HCHC, INC.
                                            HCHC UK HOLDINGS, INC.
                                            HIHC, INC.
                                            JOY MM DELAWARE, INC.
                                            JOY TECHNOLOGIES DELAWARE, INC.
                                            JTI UK HOLDINGS, INC.


                                            By:  _________________________
                                            Title:

                                            AGENT:

                                            THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK,
                                    Individually as a Tranche A Bank, Tranche
                                   B Bank and Tranche C Bank and as Agent


                                            By:  _________________________
                                            Title:

                                            270 Park Avenue
                                            New York, New York 10017







DocumentIDW/356717v3

                        TERMINATION AND RELEASE AGREEMENT


                  AGREEMENT  (the  "Agreement"),  dated as of May 24,  1999 (the
"Termination  Date"),  by  and  between  Harnischfeger  Industries,   Inc.  (the
"Company"), and Jeffery T. Grade (the "Executive").

                  WHEREAS, the Executive has been employed as Chief Executive
                    Officer of the Company; and

                  WHEREAS,  by mutual agreement between the parties hereto,  the
Executive  shall  hereby  resign,  effective  as of the  Termination  Date,  his
positions as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, as a member of the board of
directors  of the Company and as an officer and  director of any  subsidiary  or
affiliate of the Company for which he is serving in such positions.

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  BE IT  RESOLVED,  that the  Company  and the
Executive,  in consideration of the covenants herein set forth,  hereby agree as
follows:

                  1.       Termination of Employment

                  By mutual  agreement  with the Company,  the Executive  hereby
resigns,  effective  as of the  Termination  Date,  from his  positions as Chief
Executive  Officer of the Company and a member of the Board of  Directors of the
Company,  and from all other  positions the  Executive may currently  hold as an
officer or member of the board of directors of any of the Company's subsidiaries
or  affiliates.  The Executive  shall sign and deliver to the Company such other
documents as may be necessary to effect or reflect such resignations.
                  2.       Severance Payments, Benefits and Obligations

                  (a) The  Company  will pay to the  Executive  his base  salary
through the  Termination  Date,  and the  Executive  will not be entitled to any
additional  compensation  or benefits from the Company,  or its  subsidiaries or
affiliates, except as provided in this Agreement.
                  (b)  Pursuant  to the terms of the  Harnischfeger  Industries,
Inc.  Supplemental  Retirement and Stock Funding Plan (the "SERP"),  the Company
shall pay the Executive  the amounts due to the Executive  under the SERP upon a
termination  of  employment  for "Good  Reason,"  and the Company  shall have no
further  obligations  to the Executive  under the SERP.  Upon  execution of this
Agreement,  the Company  shall  deliver to the  Executive  the shares of Company
common stock due to the Executive  pursuant to the SERP.  The  Executive  hereby
agrees  that he will  not  violate  any  federal  or  state  securities  laws in
connection with transactions in shares of the Company's securities.
                  (c)  Pursuant  to the terms of the  Harnischfeger  Industries,
Inc.  Long-Term  Compensation Plan for Key Executives (the "LTCP"),  the Company
shall pay the Executive  the amounts due to the Executive  under the LTCP upon a
termination  of employment  for "Good Reason" (as set forth in Exhibit A to this
Agreement),  and the Company shall have no further  obligations to the Executive
under the LTCP,  other than any "Gross-Up  Payments" which may become due to the
Executive under Section 7 of the LTCP if, and to the extent, applicable.
                  (d) Upon  execution of this  Agreement,  the Company shall pay
the  Executive  a lump sum cash  amount  equal to  $400,000.  At the end of each
month,  commencing in June, 1999, the Company shall pay the Executive a lump sum
cash amount equal to $50,000. The cash payments made to the Executive under this
Section  2(d) shall  offset and be  credited  against  the  payments  due to the
Executive pursuant to Sections 2(b) and 2(c) of this Agreement.  Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Section 2(d),  the  obligations  of the Company
under this Section 2(d) shall cease at such time as the aggregate  payments made
by the Company  pursuant to this Section 2(d) and Sections 2(b) and 2(c) of this
Agreement satisfy the Company's  obligations to the Executive under the SERP and
LTCP upon the  Executive's  termination of employment for Good Reason.  Under no
circumstances  shall the  aggregate  payments  made by the  Company  pursuant to
Sections 2(b), 2(c) and 2(d) exceed the aggregate  payments due to the Executive
under the SERP and LTCP upon the Executive's  termination of employment for Good
Reason.
                  (e) The Company and its  subsidiaries  will  continue to honor
for at least six years following the Termination Date,  pursuant to their terms,
the director and officer  indemnification  and  liability  insurance  provisions
maintained  by such  entities  with  respect to the  Executive,  with respect to
actions of the Executive as an officer or director of the Company (or any of its
subsidiaries) prior to the Termination Date.
                  (f)  The  Company  will   reimburse   the  Executive  for  any
unreimbursed reasonable business expenses incurred by the Executive prior to the
Termination Date, pursuant to the Company's  reimbursement  policies,  following
the Executive's presentation of an expense report to the Company.
                  (g)  The  Company   will  provide  the   Executive   with  the
outplacement  services  and,  subject to the  Executive  continuing  to make the
required employee contributions,  continuing medical, dental and vision benefits
due to the Executive  under the  Company's  Out  Placement  Services and Medical
Benefits Continuation Plan, which benefits shall be equivalent to those provided
to the Executive and his family as of the Termination Date.
                  (h) As soon as practicable following the Termination Date, the
Company  shall   transfer  to  the  Executive  the  lease  on  the   Executive's
Company-provided  vehicle.  The Company  shall  reimburse  the Executive for the
lease  payments on such vehicle for the  remaining  period of the lease,  as the
lease  payments  become  due,  as soon as  practicable  following  receipt of an
invoice from the Executive.
                  (i) The Company shall provide the  Executive  with  reasonable
office space in the Chicago area,  and with  secretarial  services,  through the
earlier of May 24, 2000, or such time as the Executive becomes reemployed.
                  3.       Disparaging Comments

                  From and  after  the  Termination  Date,  the  Executive  will
refrain  from  taking  actions  or making  statements,  written  or oral,  which
denigrate, disparage or defame the goodwill or reputation of the Company and any
of its subsidiaries and affiliates (the "Company  Entities") and their trustees,
officers,  security holders,  partners,  agents and former and current employees
and  directors  or which are  intended  to, or may be  reasonably  expected  to,
adversely affect the morale of the employees of any of the Company Entities. The
Executive  further  agrees not to make any negative  statements to third parties
relating to his employment or any aspect of the business of the Company Entities
and not to make any negative or adverse  statements  to third  parties about the
circumstances of the termination of his employment,  or the Company Entities and
their trustees,  officers,  security  holders,  partners,  agents and former and
current  employees  and  directors,  except  as may be  required  by a court  or
governmental  body. The Company will take  reasonable  steps to advise  actively
employed executive officers of the Company and its subsidiaries,  and members of
their boards of directors not to denigrate,  disparage or defame the Executive's
reputation.
                  4.       Confidentiality of this Agreement

                  Except as  required  by law or  regulation,  or to the  extent
disclosed by the other party, none of the parties hereto will disclose the terms
of this  Agreement,  provided  that the Executive may disclose such terms to his
financial  and legal  advisors and his spouse and the Company may disclose  such
terms to selected employees,  advisors and affiliates on a "need to know" basis,
each of whom shall be instructed  by the Executive and the Company,  as the case
may be,  to  maintain  the  terms of this  Agreement  in  strict  confidence  in
accordance with the terms hereof.

                  5.       Restrictive Covenants

                  (a) The Executive has returned or will  immediately  return to
the Company all Company Information (as defined below),  including client lists,
files, software, records, computer access codes and instruction manuals which he
has in his possession, and agrees not to keep any copies of Company Information.
The  Executive   affirms  his   obligation  to  keep  all  Company   Information
confidential  and not to disclose it to any third party in the future.  The term
"Company Information" means: (i) confidential information, including information
received  from  third  parties  under  confidential  conditions,  and (ii) other
technical, marketing, business or financial information, or information relating
to personnel or former personnel of the Company,  the use or disclosure of which
might  reasonably be construed to be materially  contrary to the interest of the
Company;  provided,  however,  that the term  "Company  Information"  shall  not
include any  information  that is or became  generally known or available to the
public  other  than as a direct  result  of a breach  of this  paragraph  by the
Executive or any action by the  Executive  prior to the  Termination  Date which
would have been a breach of the Executive's obligations to the Company in effect
at such time.  The Executive  shall have the right to remove from the offices of
the Company  any of his  personal  belongings  which do not  constitute  Company
Information.  The  Executive  may  disclose  Company  Information  to the extent
required by law or regulation;  provided,  that the Executive  shall provide the
Company's  general counsel with  reasonable  written notice (if possible no less
than 20 days'  written  notice)  of any  required  disclosure.  In the event the
Company does not object to such disclosure within the time period, the Executive
shall be  permitted  to  disclose  such  Company  Information.  In the event the
Company  objects  to such  disclosure,  the  Executive  agrees  that he will not
provide  any Company  Information  that is the  subject of such  objection,  but
rather will refer the requesting entity to the Company unless he is subject to a
court order to provide the Company Information.
                  (b)  The   Executive   agrees  that  he  will  not  engage  in
Competition   during  the  two-year  period  following  the  Termination   Date.
"Competition"  for the  purposes  of this  Agreement  shall mean:  (i)  becoming
directly or indirectly  involved,  as an owner,  principal,  employee,  officer,
director, independent contractor,  representative,  stockholder, agent, advisor,
lender or in any other capacity,  in any business engaged,  or seeking to become
engaged, in the businesses  conducted by the Company as of the Termination Date,
in any  geographical  area in which the  Company is at the time  engaging  in or
attempting to engage in such  businesses;  provided,  however,  that in no event
shall  ownership  of  less  than  3% of the  outstanding  capital  stock  of any
corporation,  in and of itself,  be deemed  Competition if such capital stock is
listed  on  a  national   securities   exchange  or   regularly   traded  in  an
over-the-counter market; or

(ii) soliciting any person who is a customer of the businesses  conducted by the
Company,  on behalf of a business  described in clause (i) of this Section 5(b),
or inducing or  attempting to persuade any employee of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries to terminate his or her employment relationship with the Company or
any of its subsidiaries.

                  (c) The Executive  acknowledges  and agrees that the Company's
remedy at law for any breach of the Executive's obligations under this Section 5
would be  inadequate  and agrees  and  consents  that  temporary  and  permanent
injunctive  relief  may be  granted  in any  proceeding  which may be brought to
enforce any  provision of this Section  without the necessity of proof of actual
damage.  With respect to any provision of this Section 5 finally determined by a
court of competent  jurisdiction  to be  unenforceable,  the  Executive  and the
Company  hereby  agree that such court  shall have  jurisdiction  to reform this
Agreement  or any  provision  hereof so that it is  enforceable  to the  maximum
extent  permitted  by law,  and the  parties  agree  to  abide  by such  court's
determination.
                  6.       Waiver of Other Payments and Benefits; Stock Options

                  (a) The  compensation  and benefits  arrangements set forth in
this  Agreement  are in lieu of any rights or claims that the Executive may have
with respect to severance or other  benefits,  or any other form of remuneration
from the Company Entities,  other than benefits under any tax-qualified employee
pension benefit plans subject to the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended (including the Company's 401(k) plan and tax-qualified  pension
plan),  and without  limiting the  generality  of the  foregoing,  the Executive
hereby  expressly  waives any right or claim that he may have or could assert to
payment  for  salary,  bonuses,  medical,  dental or  hospitalization  benefits,
payments under supplemental retirement plans and incentive plans, life insurance
benefits,  perquisites,  expenses  and  attorneys'  fees,  except  as  otherwise
provided in this Agreement (or to the extent attorneys' fees are provided in the
LTCP or SERP) or as mandated under applicable law.
                  (b) The Executive acknowledges that all of his nonvested stock
options for Company  common  stock shall be  cancelled  and  forfeited  upon the
Termination  Date,  and that the  Executive's  vested stock  options for Company
common stock shall remain exercisable for three months or one year following the
Termination  Date, as provided in the  applicable  stock option  agreement,  and
shall then be cancelled and forfeited at such time.
                  7.       Information Requests/Cooperation/Consulting Services

                  (a) The Executive agrees to make himself reasonably  available
to the Company to respond to requests by the Company for information  concerning
matters  involving  facts or events relating to the Company or any other Company
Entity that may be within the Executive's  knowledge,  and to assist the Company
and the Company  Entities as  reasonably  requested  with respect to pending and
future litigations,  arbitrations or other dispute resolutions. The Company will
reimburse the Executive for his reasonable travel expenses and costs incurred as
a result of his assistance under this Section 7(a).
                  (b)  In  addition  to the  Executive's  cooperation  with  the
Company  described in Section 7(a) above,  for the one-year period following the
Termination  Date  (the  "Consulting  Period"),   the  Executive  shall  provide
reasonable consulting services to the Company from time to time upon the request
of the Company's  chief  executive  officer.  The Company shall  compensate  the
Executive for such consulting services by a per diem payment of $1,000 for up to
50 days of consulting during the Consulting Period. At the end of the Consulting
Period, the Company shall pay the Executive an amount equal to $50,000, less the
aggregate per diem payments  previously paid under this Section 7(b), so long as
the  Executive  has made himself  available to provide the  consulting  services
hereunder.  In addition to the foregoing,  if the Company requests the Executive
to provide  consulting  services  for more than 50 days  during  the  Consulting
Period, the Company and the Executive shall agree upon appropriate  compensation
for such additional services.
                  8.       No Admission of Wrongdoing

                  Nothing  contained in this Agreement shall be construed in any
way as an  admission  by any of the  parties of any act,  practice  or policy of
discrimination  or breach of contract  either in violation of applicable  law or
otherwise.
                  9.       Waiver and Release

                  (a) In consideration of the payments and benefits set forth in
this Agreement,  except for the payment and benefits  expressly provided herein,
the  Executive,  for  himself,  his  heirs,   administrators,   representatives,
executors,   successors  and  assigns  (collectively  "Releasors")  does  hereby
irrevocably  and  unconditionally  release,  acquit and  forever  discharge  the
Company  Entities and their  trustees,  officers,  security  holders,  partners,
agents,  and former and  current  employees  and  directors,  including  without
limitation all persons acting by, through,  under or in concert with any of them
(collectively,  "Releasees"),  from  any and all  charges,  complaints,  claims,
liabilities,   obligations,   promises,  agreements,   controversies,   damages,
remedies,  actions,  causes of action,  suits, rights,  demands,  costs, losses,
debts  and  expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees  and  costs)  of  any  nature
whatsoever, known or unknown, whether in law or equity and whether arising under
federal,  state  or  local  law  and  in  particular  including  any  claim  for
discrimination  based upon race, color,  ethnicity,  sex, age (including the Age
Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967) (the "ADEA Release"), national origin,
religion, disability, or any other unlawful criterion or circumstance, which the
Releasors  had, now have, or may have in the future,  against each or any of the
Releasees  from the  beginning  of the world until the date of the  execution of
this Agreement.  The Executive  acknowledges  and agrees that if he or any other
Releasor  should  hereafter  make any claim or demand or commence or threaten to
commence any action,  claim or proceeding  against the Releasees with respect to
any cause,  matter or thing  which is the  subject of this  Section  9(a),  this
Agreement  may be  raised  as a  complete  bar  to any  such  action,  claim  or
proceeding, and the applicable Releasee may recover from the Executive all costs
incurred  in  connection  with  such  action,  claim  or  proceeding,  including
attorneys' fees.
                  (b)  In  consideration  of  the  Executive's   agreements  and
covenants set forth in this  Agreement,  the Company and its  subsidiaries  (the
"Company Releasors") hereby irrevocably and unconditionally  release, acquit and
forever  discharge the Executive from any and all charges,  complaints,  claims,
liabilities,   obligations,   promises,  agreements,   controversies,   damages,
remedies,  actions,  causes of action,  suits, rights,  demands,  costs, losses,
debts  and  expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees  and  costs)  of  any  nature
whatsoever, known or unknown, whether in law or equity and whether arising under
federal,  state or local law, which the Company  Releasors now have, or may have
in the future,  against the  Executive  with respect to the  Executive  from the
beginning of the world until the date of the execution of this Agreement,  other
than any claim based upon fraudulent or illegal activity that was not discovered
by the Company  Releasors  until  subsequent  to the date of  execution  of this
Agreement, or any claim that may be brought derivatively.  The Company Releasors
acknowledge and agree that if they should  hereafter make any claim or demand or
commence or threaten to commence  any action,  claim or  proceeding  against the
Executive  with  respect to any cause,  matter or thing  which is the subject of
this Section  9(b),  this  Agreement may be raised as a complete bar to any such
action,  claim or  proceeding,  and the  Executive  may recover from the Company
Releasors  all  costs  incurred  in  connection  with  such  action,   claim  or
proceeding, including attorneys' fees.
                  (c) The Executive  affirms that prior to the execution of this
Agreement and the waiver and release in Section 9(a),  the Executive was advised
by the Company to consult with an attorney of the Executive's  choice concerning
the terms and conditions  set forth herein,  and that the Executive was given up
to 21 days to consider  executing this Agreement,  including the ADEA Release in
Section 9(a). The Executive has 7 days following his execution of this Agreement
to revoke the ADEA Release. In the event the Executive revokes the ADEA Release,
the  Executive  shall  return to the Company any amounts  paid to the  Executive
under the first sentence of Section 2(d) of this Agreement,  and the Company may
terminate  the  consulting  arrangement  set  forth  in  Section  7(b)  of  this
Agreement.
                  10.      Public Statement

                  The parties  acknowledge  that the Executive's  termination of
employment has been announced by a statement mutually agreed upon by the Company
and the  Executive,  and agree that no subsequent  comments shall be made to the
media or through  other  public  statements  by any party hereto  regarding  the
Executive's termination of employment that are inconsistent with such statement,
except as may be required by applicable law or regulation.
                  11.      No Reliance

                  The Executive  represents and acknowledges  that, in executing
this Agreement,  he has not relied upon any  representation or statement made by
the Company or not set forth herein.
                  12.      Governing Law

                  This   Agreement   shall  be  governed  by  and  construed  in
accordance  with  the laws of the  State of  Wisconsin,  without  regard  to the
principles  of  conflicts  of law  thereof,  to the  extent  not  superseded  by
applicable federal law.
                  13.      Warranty

                  The parties hereto  represent and warrant that there exists no
impediment  or  restraint,  contractual  or otherwise  on their power,  right or
ability to enter into this Agreement and to perform their duties and obligations
hereunder or as contemplated hereby.
                  14.      Taxes

                  All payments and  distributions  made to the  Executive  under
this  Agreement  will be reduced by, or the Executive  will  otherwise  pay, all
income, employment and Medicare taxes required to be withheld on such payments.

                  15.      No Coercion

                  The parties hereto  represent and  acknowledge  that they have
decided to enter into this Agreement voluntarily, knowingly and without coercion
of any kind.
                  16.      Enforceability/Severability

                  The  parties  hereto   affirmatively   acknowledge  that  this
Agreement, and each of its provisions,  is enforceable,  and expressly agree not
to challenge nor raise any defense against the  enforceability of this Agreement
or any of its provisions in the future.  The invalidity or  unenforceability  of
any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or  enforceability
of any other  provision of this  Agreement.  In the event that any  provision or
portion of this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for
any reason,  the  remaining  provisions or portions of this  Agreement  shall be
unaffected  thereby  and shall  remain in full force and  effect to the  fullest
extent permitted by law.
                  17.      Notices

                  All notices,  requests,  demands and other communication which
are required or may be given under this Agreement  shall be in writing and shall
be deemed to have been duly given when  received if personally  delivered;  when
transmitted by telecopy,  electronic or digital transmission method upon receipt
of telephonic or electronic confirmation; that day after it is sent, if sent for
next day delivery to a domestic address by recognized overnight delivery service
(e.g.,  Federal  Express) and upon  receipt,  if sent by certified or registered
mail, return receipt requested. In each case notice shall be sent to:

                  If to the Executive, addressed to:
                  Jeffery T. Grade
                  Last Known Address in Company Records


                  If to the Company, addressed to:
                  Harnischfeger Industries, Inc.
                  3600 South Lake Drive
                  St. Francis, WI  53201-0554

                  Attention:  General Counsel

                  or to such other place and with such other copies as any party
may designate as to itself or himself by written notice to the others.
                  18.      Amendments; Waivers

                  This  Agreement  may not be amended,  modified or  terminated,
except by a written  instrument  signed by the parties hereto.  Any provision of
this Agreement may be waived by a written  instrument  signed by the party to be
charged with such waiver.
                  19.      Successors

                  This Agreement shall be binding on the Executive, the Company,
and their respective heirs, successors and assigns, including without limitation
any  corporation  or  other  entity  into  which  the  Company  may  be  merged,
reorganized or liquidated,  or by which may be acquired.  The obligations of the
Company may be  assigned  without  limitation;  but,  as the  obligations  to be
performed  by the  Executive  hereunder  are  unique  based  upon his skills and
qualifications,  the  Executive's  obligations  under this  Agreement may not be
assigned.

                  20.      Entire Agreement

                  Except as specified herein, this Agreement contains the entire
agreement  between  the  parties   concerning  the  subject  matter  hereof  and
supersedes all prior agreements,  understandings,  discussions, negotiations and
undertakings, whether written or oral, between the parties with respect thereto.
                  21.      Counterparts

                  This Agreement may be executed in several  counterparts,  each
of which  shall be  deemed to be an  original,  but all of which  together  will
constitute one and the same Agreement.



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement, as of the date and
year first written above.

HARNISCHFEGER INDUSTRIES, INC.


  By:







                                                     Jeffery T. Grade




DocumentIDW/356726v4


                        TERMINATION AND RELEASE AGREEMENT


                  AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), dated as of May 24, 1999
(the "Termination Date"), by and between Harnischfeger Industries, Inc.
(the "Company"), and Francis M. Corby, Jr. (the "Executive").

                  WHEREAS,  the Executive  has been  employed as Executive  Vice
President  - Finance  and  Administration  and Chief  Financial  Officer  of the
Company; and

                  WHEREAS,  by mutual agreement between the parties hereto,  the
Executive  shall  hereby  resign,  effective  as of the  Termination  Date,  his
positions as Executive  Vice  President - Finance and  Administration  and Chief
Financial  Officer of the Company,  as a member of the board of directors of the
Company and as an officer and  director of any  subsidiary  or  affiliate of the
Company for which he is serving in such positions.

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  BE IT  RESOLVED,  that the  Company  and the
Executive,  in consideration of the covenants herein set forth,  hereby agree as
follows:

                  1.       Termination of Employment

                  By mutual  agreement  with the Company,  the Executive  hereby
resigns,  effective as of the Termination  Date, from his positions as Executive
Vice President - Finance and  Administration  and Chief Financial Officer of the
Company  and a member of the Board of  Directors  of the  Company,  and from all
other  positions the Executive may currently hold as an officer or member of the
board of directors  of any of the  Company's  subsidiaries  or  affiliates.  The
Executive  shall sign and deliver to the Company such other  documents as may be
necessary to effect or reflect such resignations.
                  2.       Severance Payments, Benefits and Obligations

                  (a) The  Company  will pay to the  Executive  his base  salary
through the  Termination  Date,  and the  Executive  will not be entitled to any
additional  compensation  or benefits from the Company,  or its  subsidiaries or
affiliates, except as provided in this Agreement.
                  (b)  Pursuant  to the terms of the  Harnischfeger  Industries,
Inc.  Supplemental  Retirement and Stock Funding Plan (the "SERP"),  the Company
shall pay the Executive  the amounts due to the Executive  under the SERP upon a
termination  of  employment  for "Good  Reason,"  and the Company  shall have no
further  obligations  to the Executive  under the SERP.  Upon  execution of this
Agreement,  the Company  shall  deliver to the  Executive  the shares of Company
common stock due to the Executive  pursuant to the SERP.  The  Executive  hereby
agrees  that he will  not  violate  any  federal  or  state  securities  laws in
connection with transactions in shares of the Company's securities.
                  (c)  Pursuant  to the terms of the  Harnischfeger  Industries,
Inc.  Long-Term  Compensation Plan for Key Executives (the "LTCP"),  the Company
shall pay the Executive  the amounts due to the Executive  under the LTCP upon a
termination  of employment  for "Good Reason" (as set forth in Exhibit A to this
Agreement),  and the Company shall have no further  obligations to the Executive
under the LTCP,  other than any "Gross-Up  Payments" which may become due to the
Executive under Section 7 of the LTCP if, and to the extent, applicable.
                  (d) Upon  execution of this  Agreement,  the Company shall pay
the  Executive  a lump sum cash  amount  equal to  $200,000.  At the end of each
month,  commencing in June, 1999, the Company shall pay the Executive a lump sum
cash amount equal to $25,000. The cash payments made to the Executive under this
Section  2(d) shall  offset and be  credited  against  the  payments  due to the
Executive pursuant to Sections 2(b) and 2(c) of this Agreement.  Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Section 2(d),  the  obligations  of the Company
under this Section 2(d) shall cease at such time as the aggregate  payments made
by the Company  pursuant to this Section 2(d) and Sections 2(b) and 2(c) of this
Agreement satisfy the Company's  obligations to the Executive under the SERP and
LTCP upon the  Executive's  termination of employment for Good Reason.  Under no
circumstances  shall the  aggregate  payments  made by the  Company  pursuant to
Sections 2(b), 2(c) and 2(d) exceed the aggregate  payments due to the Executive
under the SERP and LTCP upon the Executive's  termination of employment for Good
Reason.
                  (e) The Company and its  subsidiaries  will  continue to honor
for at least six years following the Termination Date,  pursuant to their terms,
the director and officer  indemnification  and  liability  insurance  provisions
maintained  by such  entities  with  respect to the  Executive,  with respect to
actions of the Executive as an officer or director of the Company (or any of its
subsidiaries) prior to the Termination Date.
                  (f)  The  Company  will   reimburse   the  Executive  for  any
unreimbursed reasonable business expenses incurred by the Executive prior to the
Termination Date, pursuant to the Company's  reimbursement  policies,  following
the Executive's presentation of an expense report to the Company.
                  (g)  The  Company   will  provide  the   Executive   with  the
outplacement  services  and,  subject to the  Executive  continuing  to make the
required employee contributions,  continuing medical, dental and vision benefits
due to the Executive  under the  Company's  Out  Placement  Services and Medical
Benefits Continuation Plan, which benefits shall be equivalent to those provided
to the Executive and his family as of the Termination Date.
                  (h) As soon as practicable following the Termination Date, the
Company  shall   transfer  to  the  Executive  the  lease  on  the   Executive's
Company-provided  vehicle.  The Company  shall  reimburse  the Executive for the
lease  payments on such vehicle for the  remaining  period of the lease,  as the
lease  payments  become  due,  as soon as  practicable  following  receipt of an
invoice from the Executive.
                  (i) The  Company  shall  permit  the  Executive  to retain his
Company-provided fax machine, lap-top computer and cellular telephone.
                  3.       Disparaging Comments

                  From and  after  the  Termination  Date,  the  Executive  will
refrain  from  taking  actions  or making  statements,  written  or oral,  which
denigrate, disparage or defame the goodwill or reputation of the Company and any
of its subsidiaries and affiliates (the "Company  Entities") and their trustees,
officers,  security holders,  partners,  agents and former and current employees
and  directors  or which are  intended  to, or may be  reasonably  expected  to,
adversely affect the morale of the employees of any of the Company Entities. The
Executive  further  agrees not to make any negative  statements to third parties
relating to his employment or any aspect of the business of the Company Entities
and not to make any negative or adverse  statements  to third  parties about the
circumstances of the termination of his employment,  or the Company Entities and
their trustees,  officers,  security  holders,  partners,  agents and former and
current  employees  and  directors,  except  as may be  required  by a court  or
governmental  body. The Company will take  reasonable  steps to advise  actively
employed executive officers of the Company and its subsidiaries,  and members of
their boards of directors not to denigrate,  disparage or defame the Executive's
reputation.
                  4.       Confidentiality of this Agreement

                  Except as  required  by law or  regulation,  or to the  extent
disclosed by the other party, none of the parties hereto will disclose the terms
of this  Agreement,  provided  that the Executive may disclose such terms to his
financial  and legal  advisors and his spouse and the Company may disclose  such
terms to selected employees,  advisors and affiliates on a "need to know" basis,
each of whom shall be instructed  by the Executive and the Company,  as the case
may be,  to  maintain  the  terms of this  Agreement  in  strict  confidence  in
accordance with the terms hereof.

                  5.       Restrictive Covenants

                  (a) The Executive has returned or will  immediately  return to
the Company all Company Information (as defined below),  including client lists,
files, software, records, computer access codes and instruction manuals which he
has in his possession, and agrees not to keep any copies of Company Information.
The  Executive   affirms  his   obligation  to  keep  all  Company   Information
confidential  and not to disclose it to any third party in the future.  The term
"Company Information" means: (i) confidential information, including information
received  from  third  parties  under  confidential  conditions,  and (ii) other
technical, marketing, business or financial information, or information relating
to personnel or former personnel of the Company,  the use or disclosure of which
might  reasonably be construed to be materially  contrary to the interest of the
Company;  provided,  however,  that the term  "Company  Information"  shall  not
include any  information  that is or became  generally known or available to the
public  other  than as a direct  result  of a breach  of this  paragraph  by the
Executive or any action by the  Executive  prior to the  Termination  Date which
would have been a breach of the Executive's obligations to the Company in effect
at such time.  The Executive  shall have the right to remove from the offices of
the Company  any of his  personal  belongings  which do not  constitute  Company
Information.  The  Executive  may  disclose  Company  Information  to the extent
required by law or regulation;  provided,  that the Executive  shall provide the
Company's  general counsel with  reasonable  written notice (if possible no less
than 20 days'  written  notice)  of any  required  disclosure.  In the event the
Company does not object to such disclosure within the time period, the Executive
shall be  permitted  to  disclose  such  Company  Information.  In the event the
Company  objects  to such  disclosure,  the  Executive  agrees  that he will not
provide  any Company  Information  that is the  subject of such  objection,  but
rather will refer the requesting entity to the Company unless he is subject to a
court order to provide the Company Information.
                  (b)  The   Executive   agrees  that  he  will  not  engage  in
Competition   during  the  two-year  period  following  the  Termination   Date.
"Competition"  for the  purposes  of this  Agreement  shall mean:  (i)  becoming
directly or indirectly  involved,  as an owner,  principal,  employee,  officer,
director, independent contractor,  representative,  stockholder, agent, advisor,
lender or in any other capacity, with any of the entities set forth on Exhibit B
attached to this Agreement (the "Listed  Entities"),  or by any person,  entity,
firm or  corporation  which is an  affiliate  or  successor of any of the Listed
Entities, or by any after-market provider of parts or services for any equipment
manufactured by the Company or its subsidiaries;  provided,  however, that in no
event shall passive  ownership of less than 3% of the outstanding  capital stock
of  any  Listed  Entity  or  other  corporation,  in and of  itself,  be  deemed
Competition if such capital stock is listed on a national securities exchange or
regularly traded in an over-the-counter market; or

(ii) soliciting any person who is a customer of the businesses  conducted by the
Company,  on behalf of a business  described in clause (i) of this Section 5(b),
or inducing or  attempting to persuade any employee of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries to terminate his or her employment relationship with the Company or
any of its subsidiaries.

                  (c) The Executive  acknowledges  and agrees that the Company's
remedy at law for any breach of the Executive's obligations under this Section 5
would be  inadequate  and agrees  and  consents  that  temporary  and  permanent
injunctive  relief  may be  granted  in any  proceeding  which may be brought to
enforce any  provision of this Section  without the necessity of proof of actual
damage.  With respect to any provision of this Section 5 finally determined by a
court of competent  jurisdiction  to be  unenforceable,  the  Executive  and the
Company  hereby  agree that such court  shall have  jurisdiction  to reform this
Agreement  or any  provision  hereof so that it is  enforceable  to the  maximum
extent  permitted  by law,  and the  parties  agree  to  abide  by such  court's
determination.
                  6.       Waiver of Other Payments and Benefits; Stock Options

                  (a) The  compensation  and benefits  arrangements set forth in
this  Agreement  are in lieu of any rights or claims that the Executive may have
with respect to severance or other  benefits,  or any other form of remuneration
from the Company Entities,  other than benefits under any tax-qualified employee
pension benefit plans subject to the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended (including the Company's 401(k) plan and tax-qualified  pension
plan),  and without  limiting the  generality  of the  foregoing,  the Executive
hereby  expressly  waives any right or claim that he may have or could assert to
payment  for  salary,  bonuses,  medical,  dental or  hospitalization  benefits,
payments under supplemental retirement plans and incentive plans, life insurance
benefits,  perquisites,  expenses  and  attorneys'  fees,  except  as  otherwise
provided in this Agreement (or to the extent attorneys' fees are provided in the
LTCP or SERP) or as mandated under applicable law.
                  (b) The Executive acknowledges that all of his nonvested stock
options for Company  common  stock shall be  cancelled  and  forfeited  upon the
Termination  Date,  and that the  Executive's  vested stock  options for Company
common stock shall remain exercisable as provided in the applicable stock option
agreement, and shall then be cancelled and forfeited at such time.
                  7.       Information Requests/Cooperation/Consulting Services

                  (a) The Executive agrees to make himself reasonably  available
to the Company to respond to requests by the Company for information  concerning
matters  involving  facts or events relating to the Company or any other Company
Entity that may be within the Executive's  knowledge,  and to assist the Company
and the Company  Entities as  reasonably  requested  with respect to pending and
future litigations,  arbitrations or other dispute resolutions. The Company will
reimburse the Executive for his reasonable travel expenses and costs incurred as
a result of his assistance under this Section 7(a).
                  (b)  In  addition  to the  Executive's  cooperation  with  the
Company  described in Section 7(a) above,  for the one-year period following the
Termination  Date  (the  "Consulting  Period"),   the  Executive  shall  provide
reasonable consulting services to the Company from time to time upon the request
of the Company's  chief  executive  officer.  The Company shall  compensate  the
Executive for such consulting services by a per diem payment of $1,000 for up to
50 days consulting  during the Consulting  Period.  At the end of the Consulting
Period, the Company shall pay the Executive an amount equal to $50,000, less the
aggregate per diem payments  previously paid under this Section 7(b), so long as
the  Executive  has made himself  available to provide the  consulting  services
hereunder.  In addition to the foregoing,  if the Company requests the Executive
to provide  consulting  services  for more than 50 days  during  the  Consulting
Period, the Company and the Executive shall agree upon appropriate  compensation
for such additional  services.  The consulting  requirements  under this Section
7(b) shall not unreasonably interfere,  however, with the Executive's employment
opportunities or responsibilities.
                  8.       No Admission of Wrongdoing

                  Nothing  contained in this Agreement shall be construed in any
way as an  admission  by any of the  parties of any act,  practice  or policy of
discrimination  or breach of contract  either in violation of applicable  law or
otherwise.
                  9.       Waiver and Release

                  (a) In consideration of the payments and benefits set forth in
this Agreement,  except for the payment and benefits  expressly  provided herein
(including  the   indemnification   obligations   under  Section  2(e)  of  this
Agreement),   the   Executive,   for   himself,   his   heirs,   administrators,
representatives,  executors,  successors and assigns (collectively  "Releasors")
does  hereby  irrevocably  and  unconditionally   release,  acquit  and  forever
discharge the Company Entities and their trustees,  officers,  security holders,
partners,  agents,  and former and current  employees and  directors,  including
without limitation all persons acting by, through,  under or in concert with any
of them  (collectively,  "Releasees"),  from  any and all  charges,  complaints,
claims, liabilities,  obligations, promises, agreements, controversies, damages,
remedies,  actions,  causes of action,  suits, rights,  demands,  costs, losses,
debts  and  expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees  and  costs)  of  any  nature
whatsoever, known or unknown, whether in law or equity and whether arising under
federal,  state  or  local  law  and  in  particular  including  any  claim  for
discrimination  based upon race, color,  ethnicity,  sex, age (including the Age
Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967) (the "ADEA Release"), national origin,
religion, disability, or any other unlawful criterion or circumstance, which the
Releasors  had, now have, or may have in the future,  against each or any of the
Releasees  from the  beginning  of the world until the date of the  execution of
this Agreement.  The Executive  acknowledges  and agrees that if he or any other
Releasor  should  hereafter  make any claim or demand or commence or threaten to
commence any action,  claim or proceeding  against the Releasees with respect to
any cause,  matter or thing  which is the  subject of this  Section  9(a),  this
Agreement  may be  raised  as a  complete  bar  to any  such  action,  claim  or
proceeding, and the applicable Releasee may recover from the Executive all costs
incurred  in  connection  with  such  action,  claim  or  proceeding,  including
attorneys' fees.
                  (b)  In  consideration  of  the  Executive's   agreements  and
covenants set forth in this  Agreement,  the Company and its  subsidiaries  (the
"Company Releasors") hereby irrevocably and unconditionally  release, acquit and
forever  discharge the Executive from any and all charges,  complaints,  claims,
liabilities,   obligations,   promises,  agreements,   controversies,   damages,
remedies,  actions,  causes of action,  suits, rights,  demands,  costs, losses,
debts  and  expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees  and  costs)  of  any  nature
whatsoever, known or unknown, whether in law or equity and whether arising under
federal,  state or local law, which the Company  Releasors now have, or may have
in the future,  against the  Executive  with respect to the  Executive  from the
beginning of the world until the date of the execution of this Agreement,  other
than any claim based upon fraudulent or illegal activity that was not discovered
by the Company  Releasors  until  subsequent  to the date of  execution  of this
Agreement, or any claim that may be brought derivatively.  The Company Releasors
acknowledge and agree that if they should  hereafter make any claim or demand or
commence or threaten to commence  any action,  claim or  proceeding  against the
Executive  with  respect to any cause,  matter or thing  which is the subject of
this Section  9(b),  this  Agreement may be raised as a complete bar to any such
action,  claim or  proceeding,  and the  Executive  may recover from the Company
Releasors  all  costs  incurred  in  connection  with  such  action,   claim  or
proceeding, including attorneys' fees.
                  (c) The Executive  affirms that prior to the execution of this
Agreement and the waiver and release in Section 9(a),  the Executive was advised
by the Company to consult with an attorney of the Executive's  choice concerning
the terms and conditions  set forth herein,  and that the Executive was given up
to 21 days to consider  executing this Agreement,  including the ADEA Release in
Section 9(a). The Executive has 7 days following his execution of this Agreement
to revoke the ADEA Release. In the event the Executive revokes the ADEA Release,
the  Executive  shall  return to the Company any amounts  paid to the  Executive
under the first  sentence  of Section  2(d) of this  Agreement,  and Company may
terminate  the  consulting  arrangement  set  forth  in  Section  7(b)  of  this
Agreement.
                  10.      Public Statement

                  The parties  acknowledge  that the Executive's  termination of
employment has been announced by a statement mutually agreed upon by the Company
and the  Executive,  and agree that no subsequent  comments shall be made to the
media or through  other  public  statements  by any party hereto  regarding  the
Executive's termination of employment that are inconsistent with such statement,
except as may be required by applicable law or regulation.
                  11.      No Reliance

                  The Executive  represents and acknowledges  that, in executing
this Agreement,  he has not relied upon any  representation or statement made by
the Company or not set forth herein.
                  12.      Governing Law

                  This   Agreement   shall  be  governed  by  and  construed  in
accordance  with  the laws of the  State of  Wisconsin,  without  regard  to the
principles  of  conflicts  of law  thereof,  to the  extent  not  superseded  by
applicable federal law.
                  13.      Warranty

                  The parties hereto  represent and warrant that there exists no
impediment  or  restraint,  contractual  or otherwise  on their power,  right or
ability to enter into this Agreement and to perform their duties and obligations
hereunder or as contemplated hereby.
                  14.      Taxes

                  All payments and  distributions  made to the  Executive  under
this  Agreement  will be reduced by, or the Executive  will  otherwise  pay, all
income, employment and Medicare taxes required to be withheld on such payments.

                  15.      No Coercion

                  The parties hereto  represent and  acknowledge  that they have
decided to enter into this Agreement voluntarily, knowingly and without coercion
of any kind.
                  16.      Enforceability/Severability

                  The  parties  hereto   affirmatively   acknowledge  that  this
Agreement, and each of its provisions,  is enforceable,  and expressly agree not
to challenge nor raise any defense against the  enforceability of this Agreement
or any of its provisions in the future.  The invalidity or  unenforceability  of
any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or  enforceability
of any other  provision of this  Agreement.  In the event that any  provision or
portion of this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for
any reason,  the  remaining  provisions or portions of this  Agreement  shall be
unaffected  thereby  and shall  remain in full force and  effect to the  fullest
extent permitted by law.
                  17.      Notices

                  All notices,  requests,  demands and other communication which
are required or may be given under this Agreement  shall be in writing and shall
be deemed to have been duly given when  received if personally  delivered;  when
transmitted by telecopy,  electronic or digital transmission method upon receipt
of telephonic or electronic confirmation; that day after it is sent, if sent for
next day delivery to a domestic address by recognized overnight delivery service
(e.g.,  Federal  Express) and upon  receipt,  if sent by certified or registered
mail, return receipt requested. In each case notice shall be sent to:
                  If to the Executive, addressed to:
                  Francis M. Corby, Jr.
                  Last Known Address in Company Records


                  If to the Company, addressed to:
                  Harnischfeger Industries, Inc.
                  3600 South Lake Drive
                  St. Francis, WI  53201-0554

                  Attention:  General Counsel
                  or to such other place and with such other copies as any party
may designate as to itself or himself by written notice to the others.
                  18.      Amendments; Waivers

                  This  Agreement  may not be amended,  modified or  terminated,
except by a written  instrument  signed by the parties hereto.  Any provision of
this Agreement may be waived by a written  instrument  signed by the party to be
charged with such waiver.
                  19.      Successors

                  This Agreement shall be binding on the Executive, the Company,
and their respective heirs, successors and assigns, including without limitation
any  corporation  or  other  entity  into  which  the  Company  may  be  merged,
reorganized or liquidated,  or by which may be acquired.  The obligations of the
Company may be  assigned  without  limitation;  but,  as the  obligations  to be
performed  by the  Executive  hereunder  are  unique  based  upon his skills and
qualifications,  the  Executive's  obligations  under this  Agreement may not be
assigned.

                  20.      Entire Agreement

                  Except as specified herein, this Agreement contains the entire
agreement  between  the  parties   concerning  the  subject  matter  hereof  and
supersedes all prior agreements,  understandings,  discussions, negotiations and
undertakings, whether written or oral, between the parties with respect thereto.
                  21.      Counterparts

                  This Agreement may be executed in several  counterparts,  each
of which  shall be  deemed to be an  original,  but all of which  together  will
constitute one and the same Agreement.



                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement,
as of the date and year first written above.
                         HARNISCHFEGER INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                                     By:







                              Francis M. Corby, Jr.






<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                      Exhibit 11
                        HARNISCHFEGER INDUSTRIES, INC.
                        CALCULATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE
             (Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)


                                                         Three Months Ended              Six Months Ended
                                                              April 30,                       April 30,
                                                      ---------------------------    ----------------------------
                                                         1999           1998            1999            1998

<S>                                                    <C>          <C>              <C>             <C>
Average common shares outstanding
        Basic                                            46,369       46,416           46,143          46,579
                                                      ============  =============    ============   =============
        Diluted                                          46,369       46,416           46,143          46,579
                                                      ============  =============    ============   =============



(Loss) from continuing operation                       $ (74,258)     $(72,826)      $(90,657)      $ (97,797)

Income from discontinued operation,
       net of applicable income taxes                           -          972              -           4,376

Gain on sale of discontinued operations,
       net of applicable income taxes                           -      151,500              -         151,500

                                                      ============  =============    ============   =============
        Net Income (Loss)                              $ (74,258)     $ 79,646       $(90,657)       $ 58,079
                                                      ============  =============    ============   =============

Basic Earnings Per Share
        (Loss) from continuing operations               $ (1.60)       $(1.57)         $ (1.96)       $ (2.10)
        Income and net gain from sale of
             discontinued operation                             -        3.28                -           3.35
                                                      ------------  -------------    ------------   -------------
        Net Income (Loss)                               $ (1.60)       $ 1.71          $ (1.96)        $ 1.25
                                                      ============  =============    ============   =============

Diluted Earnings Per Share
        (Loss) from continuing operations               $ (1.60)       $ (1.57)        $ (1.96)        $(2.10)
        Income and net gain from sale of
             discontinued operation                             -         3.28               -           3.35
                                                      ------------  -------------    ------------   -------------
         Net Income (Loss)                               $ (1.60)       $ 1.71         $ (1.96)        $ 1.25
                                                      ============  =============    ============   =============

</TABLE>






<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
     (Replace this text with the legend)
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                         0000801898
<NAME>                        Harnischfeger Industries, Inc.
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              Oct-31-1999
<PERIOD-START>                                 Nov-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                                   Apr-30-1999
<CASH>                                         36,716
<SECURITIES>                                   0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  692,915
<ALLOWANCES>                                   7,983
<INVENTORY>                                    611,434
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               1,532,545
<PP&E>                                         1,101,047
<DEPRECIATION>                                 518,905
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 2,875,629
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          1,079,349
<BONDS>                                        1,080,679
                          0
                                    0
<COMMON>                                       51,669
<OTHER-SE>                                     512,579
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   2,875,629
<SALES>                                        944,374
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               954,329
<CGS>                                          857,419
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  0
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             44,902
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (151,398)
<INCOME-TAX>                                   (51,500)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            (90,657)
<DISCONTINUED>                                 0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                0
<CHANGES>                                      0
<NET-INCOME>                                   (90,657)
<EPS-BASIC>                                  (1.96)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  (1.96)


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission